{"title":"Marine Supplies","description":null,"products":[{"product_id":"marinepure-fresh-gems-50g","title":"MarinePure Fresh GEMS 50g","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUltra-porous ceramic biomedia sized for nano and small canister filters.\u003c\/strong\u003e MarinePure Fresh GEMS are small ceramic pellets made by CerMedia (USA) from the same aluminosilicate ceramic as the full-size MarinePure Spheres and Plates, fired above 1,000°C to create a rigid, open-pore structure. Each pellet is about 19 mm (¾\") across, so the 50 g box suits hang-on-back and small canister filters on freshwater community, planted and tropical tanks, where a full block or sphere box would be overkill.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUltra-porous ceramic\u003c\/strong\u003e — an open-pore structure gives bacteria far more surface to colonise than a plastic bio-ball or ring of the same size.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHandles the nitrogen cycle\u003c\/strong\u003e — the porosity is designed to support ammonia- and nitrite-processing bacteria, with nitrate reduction in the low-oxygen pore centres over time.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eResists clogging\u003c\/strong\u003e — the ceramic structure holds its shape, so flow through the media stays consistent between cleans, unlike foam or floss.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReusable\u003c\/strong\u003e — rinse in tank water at a water change rather than replacing on a schedule.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFills odd-shaped spaces\u003c\/strong\u003e — loose pellets pack into media baskets and hang-on-back trays that a block or plate can't reach.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBrand\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarinePure (CerMedia, USA)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePack size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 g\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePellet size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApprox. 19 mm (¾\") diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInert aluminosilicate ceramic, fired above 1,000°C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOpen porosity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e80–90%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSurface area density\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApprox. 1.3–1.7 m² per gram (CerMedia's published material rate)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTotal surface area, this box\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApprox. 65–85 m² (700–915 sq ft), calculated from the rate above\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFreshwater\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFilter compatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCanister, hang-on-back and internal filters with a media basket\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich GEMS box do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eGEMS come in two sizes, and the right one depends on the filter as much as the tank.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePack\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSurface area\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCerMedia bioload guidance\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBest suited to\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFresh GEMS 50 g\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApprox. 65–85 m² (700–915 sq ft)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTanks up to 40 US gal (150 L) — CerMedia's own filter-sizing guidance for this pack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFreshwater community, planted and tropical tanks in small canisters or hang-on-back filters\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGEMS 90 g\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOver 135 m² (1,450 sq ft)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 70 US gallons (265 L)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFreshwater and marine nano and small tanks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003eCerMedia rates the two GEMS packs separately rather than one being scaled from the other: tanks up to 40 US gallons (150 L) for the Fresh GEMS 50 g pack, and up to 70 US gallons (265 L) for the 90 g box. Both figures come from CerMedia's own site.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e freshwater community, planted and tropical aquariums running a canister, hang-on-back or internal filter with a media basket small enough for loose pellets.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e the sole biological media on anything beyond a small tank — for larger systems, MarinePure Spheres, PODs or a Plate carry far more surface area per dollar. Not a mechanical or chemical media either — it won't polish water or remove odours on its own.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare and maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eRinse GEMS in tank water or dechlorinated water at a water change — never under tap water straight from the mains, since chlorine and chloramine will knock back the bacterial colony. There's no fixed replacement interval; the ceramic doesn't wear out, so GEMS keep working until the filter basket is due for a clean.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMarinePure Mesh Bag (Small)\u003c\/strong\u003e — keeps loose GEMS contained and easy to lift out for a rinse.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eA water conditioner\u003c\/strong\u003e — dechlorinate top-up water before it reaches the filter, so new water doesn't strip the bacterial film.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAn ammonia and nitrite test kit\u003c\/strong\u003e — confirm the media is cycled before stocking up.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eMarinePure Fresh GEMS has no stated wear-out life from CerMedia — it's ceramic, not a consumable cartridge — and any manufacturing fault is covered by your rights under Australian Consumer Law in addition to any retailer or manufacturer terms. Standard parcel freight applies.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I mix GEMS with other filter media in the same basket?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. GEMS are commonly run alongside mechanical floss or sponge for particles, and chemical media such as carbon for odour and colour, as long as the basket still lets water pass through the GEMS rather than around them.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDo I need to cycle a filter before adding fish?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes — GEMS need time for bacteria to colonise the ceramic before they're doing useful biological work. Run the filter on an established tank's water, or fishless-cycle with an ammonia source, before adding livestock.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWill GEMS work in a marine tank?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe ceramic itself is fresh and marine safe, but CerMedia markets the Fresh GEMS 50 g pack specifically for freshwater use. For marine or reef systems, the 90 g GEMS box is the one CerMedia rates for marine as well as freshwater.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eHow long does a box of GEMS last?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eIndefinitely, with a periodic rinse. Ceramic biomedia isn't a wear item like filter floss — replace it only if it's physically damaged.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"MarinePure","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54773850308899,"sku":"725342","price":23.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/marinepure-fresh-gems-50g-957795.webp?v=1790230840"},{"product_id":"marinepure-mesh-bag","title":"MarinePure Mesh Bag","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe tidy way to run loose MarinePure media in a sump or filter basket.\u003c\/strong\u003e The MarinePure Mesh Bag is a durable, non-toxic polyester mesh bag with a drawstring closure, made to hold MarinePure biomedia — Spheres, GEMS or PODs — in a canister filter, sump or hang-on-back basket. It's freshwater and marine safe, and comes in three sizes to match how much media you're running.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDrawstring closure\u003c\/strong\u003e — cinch it shut and the media stays put, even in high flow.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePolyester mesh\u003c\/strong\u003e — open enough for water to pass freely through the media inside, without letting loose pellets or spheres escape into the sump.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLift-out convenience\u003c\/strong\u003e — pull the whole bag for a rinse at a water change instead of fishing loose media out of a basket.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFresh and marine safe\u003c\/strong\u003e — suits reef sumps as well as freshwater canisters.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThree sizes\u003c\/strong\u003e — sized to the amount of MarinePure media you're running, from a small GEMS box to a full box of Spheres.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBrand\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarinePure (CerMedia, USA)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePolyester mesh\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eClosure\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDrawstring\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFreshwater and marine\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSizes\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSmall (10 × 16 cm), Medium (20 × 30 cm), Large (25 × 38 cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich size do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSize\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBest suited to\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSmall\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 × 16 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA GEMS box or a small handful of PODs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMedium\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20 × 30 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA 1.9–3.8 L box of Spheres, or a 3–pack of PODs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLarge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25 × 38 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLarger volumes of loose Spheres in a sump or big canister\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e containing MarinePure Spheres, GEMS or PODs in a sump, canister or hang-on-back filter, in freshwater or marine setups.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e fine mechanical filtration — the mesh is designed to contain biomedia, not to trap fine particles like floss or polyester pad does.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare and maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eRinse the bag along with the media inside it, in tank water or dechlorinated water, at a water change. The mesh itself has no fixed replacement interval — replace it if the drawstring fails or the mesh tears.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMarinePure Spheres or GEMS\u003c\/strong\u003e — the media this bag is built to contain.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMarinePure PODs\u003c\/strong\u003e — the Small and Medium bags suit a 3-pack.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eAny manufacturing fault is covered by your rights under Australian Consumer Law in addition to any retailer or manufacturer terms. Standard parcel freight applies.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I use one bag for a mix of Spheres and PODs?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes — the mesh bag doesn't care what MarinePure media is inside it, only how much room it takes up. Pick the size based on volume, not media type.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWill the mesh restrict flow through the media?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eSome, compared to loose media sitting directly in a basket, but the mesh is open enough that it's not a meaningful flow restriction in normal sump or canister use, and water still flows through freely to reach the media inside.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"MarinePure","offers":[{"title":"Small 10x16cm","offer_id":54773850603811,"sku":"725341","price":9.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Medium 20x30cm","offer_id":55335328022819,"sku":"725340","price":10.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Large 25x38cm","offer_id":55335328055587,"sku":"725339","price":12.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/marinepure-mesh-bag-43126913401123.webp?v=1790237816"},{"product_id":"seachem-tidal-110-hangon-filter-415l","title":"Seachem Tidal 110 Hangon Filter 415L","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCrystal-clear water for big tanks, without canister-filter hassle.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Seachem Tidal 110 is the largest of the Tidal range — a self-priming hang-on-back aquarium filter rated for tanks up to 400 litres, turning over up to 2000 litres per hour on just 10 watts. Designed by Seachem and built by Italian pump specialists Sicce, it suits both freshwater and saltwater aquariums.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSelf-priming pump\u003c\/strong\u003e — no filling, siphon-starting or babysitting at startup or after a power cut\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBottom-to-top flow\u003c\/strong\u003e — water is pushed up through the media basket so it must pass through all your media, not around it\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNo proprietary cartridges\u003c\/strong\u003e — a 3.2 L basket takes any media in any configuration, with Seachem Matrix bio-media included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSurface skimmer and telescoping intake\u003c\/strong\u003e — skims oily film from the surface while the adjustable intake draws from any depth\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDual flow control\u003c\/strong\u003e — a front dial adjusts pump output, a side dial balances skimming against sub-surface intake\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaintenance alert\u003c\/strong\u003e — clogged media redirects water and pops up a blue indicator, with built-in overflow prevention\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDrip-free cleaning\u003c\/strong\u003e — the basket lifts out and snaps into the lid for the trip to the sink\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSelf-cleaning corrosion-resistant impeller\u003c\/strong\u003e — safe in marine and freshwater\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLevelling dial and heater holder\u003c\/strong\u003e — sits square on different tank styles and mounts a heater in the outflow for even heat dispersal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAquarium size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 400 L (110 US gal)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFlow rate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2000 L\/h (450 US GPH)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 W at 240 V \/ 50 Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEstimated running cost\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e~88 kWh\/yr · ~$26\/yr\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMedia basket volume\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.2 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUnit size (L×W×H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e29.5 × 19.2 × 24.2 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMedia chamber (L×W×H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e27.9 × 8.9 × 20 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWall clearance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e9.5 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTank trim clearance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.5 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInternal tank clearance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWater type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFreshwater and marine\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003eRunning cost assumes continuous operation at 30c per kWh. At roughly $26 a year, the Tidal 110 costs about half a cent a day to run.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit my tank?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThree measurements decide it, and they catch people out more often than the flow rate does.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e9.5 cm behind the tank\u003c\/strong\u003e — the filter hangs off the back and needs that gap to the wall\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e3.5 cm of clear rim\u003c\/strong\u003e — braced or heavily trimmed tanks may need a section of hood trim removed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e5 cm inside the tank\u003c\/strong\u003e — for the intake and the return\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich Tidal do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eModel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRated tank\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFlow\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePower\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMedia basket\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTidal 35\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 130 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e500 L\/h\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.7 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTidal 55\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 200 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1000 L\/h\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.2 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTidal 75\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 300 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1500 L\/h\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7 W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.9 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTidal 110\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUp to 400 L\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e2000 L\/h\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e10 W\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e3.2 L\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003eRated volumes assume moderate stocking. Heavily stocked tanks, messy eaters and large cichlids all warrant sizing up a model.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e freshwater and marine aquariums up to 400 L · community, cichlid and planted tanks · anyone who wants canister-level media capacity without the plumbing · tanks with 9.5 cm of clearance behind them.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e rimless tanks with no usable rim · tanks pushed flush against a wall · sumped systems, where a return pump is the better answer · very small tanks, where 2000 L\/h will blow the stock around.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIn the box\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTidal 110 filter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeater holder\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTelescoping intake pipe\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLevelling dial\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFoam filter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSeachem Matrix bio-media\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInstruction manual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare and maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRinse the foam in tank water, never tap water — chlorine kills the bacteria colony you are trying to keep\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMatrix bio-media does not need replacing; a gentle rinse in tank water is all it wants\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClean the impeller well every few months, more often in hard water\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWhen the blue maintenance indicator pops up, the media is clogging and water is bypassing it\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeachem Matrix\u003c\/strong\u003e — more bio-media for the 3.2 L basket\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeachem Prime\u003c\/strong\u003e — the conditioner that protects the bacteria this filter houses\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeachem Tidal Replacement Impeller\u003c\/strong\u003e — the first thing to replace if it ever goes noisy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThree years against defects in materials and workmanship, impeller excluded, extendable to five years by registering the filter with Seachem. This is in addition to your rights under the Australian Consumer Law, which cannot be excluded.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e240 V \/ 50 Hz with a standard Australian plug. Ships as a standard parcel.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDoes the Seachem Tidal 110 need priming?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It is self-priming, so it starts itself without filling the basket or starting a siphon, and it restarts on its own after a power cut.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eHow much clearance do I need behind the tank?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003e9.5 cm to the wall, plus 3.5 cm of clear rim for it to hang on. Measure both before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I use it on a marine tank?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The impeller is corrosion-resistant and the filter is rated for freshwater and marine.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDo I have to buy Seachem cartridges for it?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, and that is one of the main reasons to choose it. The 3.2 L basket takes any media in any configuration.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhat does it cost to run?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eAbout $26 a year at 10 W continuous and 30c per kWh — roughly half a cent a day.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Seachem","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54773850669347,"sku":"725213-6531","price":300.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/seachem-tidal-110-hangon-filter-415l-018659.webp?v=1790230840"},{"product_id":"seachem-tidal-55-hangon-filter-208l","title":"Seachem Tidal 55 Hangon Filter 208L","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA thousand litres an hour on the power of a night light.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Seachem Tidal 55 is the middle of the Tidal range and the one most four-foot tanks end up with, rated for aquariums to 200 litres and turning over 1000 litres per hour on 5 watts. It is also the smallest Tidal to get the telescoping intake, the heater holder and the second flow dial, which is what separates it from the Tidal 35 below it. Designed by Seachem, built by Italian pump specialists Sicce, and rated for freshwater and marine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDual flow control\u003c\/strong\u003e - the front dial sets pump output while a side dial balances surface skimming against sub-surface intake, so you can chase a film off the top without stirring up the substrate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTelescoping intake\u003c\/strong\u003e - adjusts to draw from any depth without buying extension pipes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeater holder\u003c\/strong\u003e - mounts a heater in the outflow so warmed water is pushed straight into the tank instead of pooling in one corner\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1.2 L media basket, no cartridges\u003c\/strong\u003e - fill it however you like; 250 mL of Seachem Matrix is included to start the colony\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBottom-to-top flow\u003c\/strong\u003e - water is forced up through the media rather than slipping past it\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSelf-priming pump\u003c\/strong\u003e - no siphon to start, and it recovers on its own after a blackout\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBlue maintenance alert\u003c\/strong\u003e - lifts when clogged media starts bypassing, with overflow protection behind it\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDrip-free cleaning\u003c\/strong\u003e - the basket lifts out and clips into the lid for the walk to the sink\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAquarium size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 200 L (55 US gal)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFlow rate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1000 L\/h (250 US GPH), adjustable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 W at 240 V \/ 50 Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEstimated running cost\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 44 kWh a year, roughly $13 a year\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMedia basket volume\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.2 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMatrix supplied\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e250 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUnit size (L x W x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20.5 x 15.5 x 21.4 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWall clearance needed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7.5 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTank trim clearance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.6 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInternal tank clearance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4.3 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWater type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFreshwater and marine\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRunning cost assumes continuous operation at 30c per kWh. The Tidal 55 draws the same 5 W as the Tidal 35 while moving twice the water, which makes it the efficiency sweet spot of the range.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit my tank?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e7.5 cm behind the tank\u003c\/strong\u003e - measure to the wall, not to the skirting board\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2.6 cm of clear rim\u003c\/strong\u003e - braced tanks and fitted hoods may need a section of trim cut away\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e4.3 cm inside the tank\u003c\/strong\u003e - for the intake and the return\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA standard 120 x 38 x 45 cm four-foot tank holds roughly 200 litres, which puts it right at the Tidal 55's ceiling. Lightly stocked, that is fine. Stocked with cichlids or goldfish, step up to the Tidal 75.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich Tidal do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eModel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRated tank\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFlow\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePower\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMedia basket\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWall clearance\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTidal 35\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 130 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e500 L\/h\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.7 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTidal 55\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 200 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1000 L\/h\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.2 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7.5 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTidal 75\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 300 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1500 L\/h\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7 W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.9 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8.5 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTidal 110\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 400 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2000 L\/h\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.2 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e9.5 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRated volumes assume moderate stocking. Heavily stocked tanks, messy eaters and large cichlids all warrant sizing up one model.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e freshwater and marine aquariums from roughly 100 to 200 L; four-foot community and planted tanks; marine fish-only setups; anyone who wants a heater out of sight in the filter outflow.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e rimless tanks with no usable lip; tanks hard against a wall; heavily stocked 200 L tanks, which want the Tidal 75; shrimp-only tanks where even the reduced flow may be brisk.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIn the box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTidal 55 filter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeater holder\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTelescoping intake pipe\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLevelling dial\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCoarse foam filter pad\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e250 mL Seachem Matrix bio-media\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInstruction manual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eNot included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA heater - the holder is supplied, the heater is not\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChemical media such as carbon or phosphate remover\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdditional Matrix beyond the 250 mL supplied, which does not fill the 1.2 L basket\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCare and maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRinse the foam in tank water only - chlorine from the tap kills the bacteria you are trying to keep\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMatrix does not exhaust and never needs replacing; rinse it gently in tank water and put it back\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClean the impeller and its well every few months, sooner in hard water\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf the blue indicator lifts, the media is clogging and water is going around it rather than through it\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSafety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSupplied for 240 V \/ 50 Hz Australian mains with a standard plug. Run the cord as a drip loop below the powerpoint and switch off at the wall before opening the filter or putting your hands in the tank. Never run the pump dry. If you fit a heater to the holder, make sure it stays fully submerged at your lowest water level.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeachem Matrix\u003c\/strong\u003e - the 250 mL supplied does not fill a 1.2 L basket, so a top-up is worth having\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeachem MatrixCarbon\u003c\/strong\u003e - chemical stage for the same basket when you need to strip tannins or medication\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeachem Prime\u003c\/strong\u003e - conditions the water you replace and protects the colony this filter houses\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeachem Tidal Replacement Impeller\u003c\/strong\u003e - size 55, the first part to change if it goes noisy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThree years against defects in materials and workmanship, impeller excluded, extendable to five years by registering the filter with Seachem. This is in addition to your rights under the Australian Consumer Law, which cannot be excluded.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e240 V \/ 50 Hz with a standard Australian plug. Ships as a standard parcel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWill the Seachem Tidal 55 handle a four-foot tank?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA typical four-foot tank is about 200 litres, which is the Tidal 55's rated ceiling. It suits a lightly to moderately stocked one. For cichlids, goldfish or a crowded community, the Tidal 75 is the safer choice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat does the second dial on the Tidal 55 do?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt balances how much water comes from the surface skimmer against how much comes from the sub-surface intake. Turn it toward the skimmer to clear an oily film, back the other way to leave the surface undisturbed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCan I put my heater inside the filter?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Tidal 55 includes a heater holder that mounts a heater in the outflow, so heated water is driven into the tank rather than sitting in one corner. The heater itself is not supplied.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHow much Matrix comes with the Tidal 55?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e250 mL, which is enough to seed the filter but does not fill the 1.2 L basket. Most people top it up.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHow is it only 5 W when it moves 1000 L\/h?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe pump is a Sicce design, and it draws the same 5 W as the smaller Tidal 35 while moving twice the water. Continuous running works out around $13 a year at 30c per kWh.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Seachem","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54773851029795,"sku":"725211-6528","price":202.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/seachem-tidal-55-hangon-filter-208l-149731.webp?v=1790230840"},{"product_id":"seachem-tidal-35-hangon-filter-135l","title":"Seachem Tidal 35 Hangon Filter 135L","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCanister-style media capacity on a tank that has no room for a canister.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Seachem Tidal 35 is the smallest hang-on-back filter in the Tidal range, rated for aquariums up to 130 litres and moving 500 litres per hour on 5 watts. Designed by Seachem and built by Italian pump specialists Sicce, it runs on freshwater and marine tanks alike. It is the model for a 60 to 130 litre community, shrimp or planted tank where a canister would be overkill and a cartridge filter would be a nuisance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSelf-priming pump\u003c\/strong\u003e - no filling the basket, no starting a siphon, and it picks itself back up after a blackout\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBottom-to-top flow\u003c\/strong\u003e - water is pushed up through the basket, so it passes through your media rather than sliding past it as it does in back-to-front designs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNo proprietary cartridges\u003c\/strong\u003e - the 0.7 L basket takes whatever media you choose, and Seachem Matrix bio-media comes in the box\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSurface skimmer and sub-surface intake\u003c\/strong\u003e - lifts the oily film off the top while still pulling debris from lower down\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable flow dial\u003c\/strong\u003e - turn it down for shrimp, bettas or fry that dislike current\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBlue maintenance alert\u003c\/strong\u003e - pops up when clogged media starts bypassing, so you clean on evidence rather than guesswork\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDrip-free cleaning\u003c\/strong\u003e - the basket lifts out and clips into the lid to carry to the sink\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSelf-cleaning corrosion-resistant impeller\u003c\/strong\u003e - marine-safe, and the only wear part in the filter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAquarium size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 130 L (35 US gal)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFlow rate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e500 L\/h (130 US GPH), adjustable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 W at 240 V \/ 50 Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEstimated running cost\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 44 kWh a year, roughly $13 a year\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMedia basket volume\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.7 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUnit size (L x W x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15.5 x 13 x 18 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWall clearance needed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTank trim clearance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.6 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInternal tank clearance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.5 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWater type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFreshwater and marine\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRunning cost assumes the filter runs continuously at 30c per kWh. At about $13 a year, the Tidal 35 costs under 4 cents a day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit my tank?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThree measurements decide it, and on a small tank the rim is the one that catches people out.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e7 cm behind the tank\u003c\/strong\u003e - the filter hangs off the back and needs that gap to the wall\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2.6 cm of clear rim\u003c\/strong\u003e - heavily braced nano tanks and some hoods will need a section of trim removed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e3.5 cm inside the tank\u003c\/strong\u003e - for the intake and return\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA 60 x 30 x 36 cm tank of about 65 litres and a 90 x 30 x 38 cm tank of about 100 litres both sit comfortably inside the Tidal 35's range.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich Tidal do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eModel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRated tank\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFlow\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePower\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMedia basket\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWall clearance\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTidal 35\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 130 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e500 L\/h\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.7 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTidal 55\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 200 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1000 L\/h\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.2 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7.5 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTidal 75\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 300 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1500 L\/h\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7 W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.9 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8.5 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTidal 110\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 400 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2000 L\/h\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.2 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e9.5 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRated volumes assume moderate stocking. Heavily stocked tanks, messy eaters and large cichlids all warrant sizing up one model.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e freshwater and marine aquariums from roughly 40 to 130 L; community, shrimp, betta and planted tanks; anyone who wants to choose their own media instead of buying cartridges; tanks with 7 cm of space behind them.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e rimless tanks with no usable lip; tanks pushed flush against a wall; heavily stocked cichlid or goldfish tanks of this size, which want the Tidal 55; tanks over 130 L.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIn the box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTidal 35 filter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCoarse foam filter pad\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSeachem Matrix bio-media\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLevelling dial\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInstruction manual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eNot included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeater and heater holder - the heater holder is fitted to the Tidal 55 and up, not the 35\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTelescoping intake pipe, which is a feature of the larger models\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdditional or specialist media beyond the Matrix supplied\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCare and maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRinse the foam in tank water, never tap water - chlorine kills the bacteria colony you are trying to protect\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMatrix does not exhaust and never needs replacing; a gentle rinse in tank water is all it wants\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClean the impeller well every few months, more often in hard water\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWhen the blue maintenance indicator lifts, media is clogging and water is bypassing it\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSafety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSupplied for 240 V \/ 50 Hz Australian mains with a standard plug. Run the cord as a drip loop below the powerpoint, and switch off at the wall before putting your hands in the tank or opening the filter. Never run the pump dry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeachem Matrix\u003c\/strong\u003e - more bio-media to fill the 0.7 L basket properly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeachem Prime\u003c\/strong\u003e - the conditioner that protects the bacteria this filter houses\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeachem Tidal Replacement Impeller\u003c\/strong\u003e - size 35, the first thing to change if it ever goes noisy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeachem Tidal Replacement Pump\u003c\/strong\u003e - size 35, for the day the motor gives up\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThree years against defects in materials and workmanship, impeller excluded, extendable to five years by registering the filter with Seachem. This is in addition to your rights under the Australian Consumer Law, which cannot be excluded.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e240 V \/ 50 Hz with a standard Australian plug. Ships as a standard parcel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat size tank does the Seachem Tidal 35 suit?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAquariums up to 130 litres at moderate stocking. A heavily stocked tank at the top of that range is better served by the Tidal 55.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eIs 500 L\/h too strong for shrimp or a betta?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNot if you turn it down. The front dial reduces pump output, and the intake can be positioned to soften the return further.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes the Tidal 35 need priming?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. It is self-priming, so it starts without filling the basket or drawing a siphon, and restarts on its own after a power cut.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDo I have to buy Seachem cartridges for it?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo, and that is one of the better reasons to choose it. The 0.7 L basket takes any media in any combination.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes the Tidal 35 come with a heater holder?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The heater holder and telescoping intake are fitted to the Tidal 55, 75 and 110 rather than the 35.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Seachem","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54773851062563,"sku":"725210-6591","price":155.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/seachem-tidal-35-hangon-filter-135l-182499.webp?v=1790230840"},{"product_id":"seachem-tidal-75-hangon-filter-285l","title":"Seachem Tidal 75 Hangon Filter 285L","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Tidal that stops being a filter and starts being a canister.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Seachem Tidal 75 is rated for aquariums up to 300 litres, moves 1500 litres per hour on 7 watts, and carries a 1.9 litre media basket - nearly three times the volume of the Tidal 35. That basket is the reason to choose it. It is the model for tanks whose stock makes a mess faster than water volume alone suggests: goldfish, larger cichlids, big plecos and turtles. Designed by Seachem, built by Sicce, rated for freshwater and marine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1.9 L media basket\u003c\/strong\u003e - enough room to run mechanical, biological and chemical stages at once instead of choosing two of the three\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1500 L\/h through the media, not past it\u003c\/strong\u003e - the bottom-to-top path forces every litre through the basket\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDual flow control\u003c\/strong\u003e - front dial for output, side dial to balance surface skimming against sub-surface intake\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTelescoping intake and heater holder\u003c\/strong\u003e - draw from any depth, and keep the heater out of the display\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSelf-priming pump\u003c\/strong\u003e - restarts itself after a blackout or a water change with no siphon to coax\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBlue maintenance alert with overflow protection\u003c\/strong\u003e - on a heavy waste load, media clogs faster, so being told about it matters more here than on the small models\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e350 mL of Seachem Matrix included\u003c\/strong\u003e - a starting charge for the basket\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSelf-cleaning corrosion-resistant impeller\u003c\/strong\u003e - marine-safe and the only wear part\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAquarium size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 300 L (75 US gal)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFlow rate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1500 L\/h (350 US GPH), adjustable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7 W at 240 V \/ 50 Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEstimated running cost\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 61 kWh a year, roughly $18 a year\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMedia basket volume\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.9 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMatrix supplied\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e350 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUnit size (L x W x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e23.4 x 17.8 x 24.2 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWall clearance needed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8.5 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTank trim clearance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.3 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInternal tank clearance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4.3 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWater type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFreshwater and marine\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRunning cost assumes continuous operation at 30c per kWh - about 5 cents a day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit my tank?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe rim requirement is the one that changes at this size. The Tidal 75 needs 3.3 cm of clear trim against the 2.6 cm of the 35 and 55, and that extra 7 mm rules out some braced tanks that would take a smaller Tidal.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e8.5 cm behind the tank\u003c\/strong\u003e - to the wall, measured from the back glass\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e3.3 cm of clear rim\u003c\/strong\u003e - check this before anything else on a braced or hooded tank\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e4.3 cm inside the tank\u003c\/strong\u003e - for the intake and return\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA five-foot 150 x 45 x 45 cm tank holds roughly 300 litres and sits at the top of the Tidal 75's range. A heavily stocked four-foot tank of 200 litres is a better use of it than a lightly stocked five-foot one.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich Tidal do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eModel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRated tank\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFlow\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePower\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMedia basket\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWall clearance\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTidal 35\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 130 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e500 L\/h\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.7 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTidal 55\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 200 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1000 L\/h\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.2 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7.5 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTidal 75\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 300 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1500 L\/h\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7 W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.9 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8.5 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTidal 110\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 400 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2000 L\/h\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.2 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e9.5 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRated volumes assume moderate stocking. Heavily stocked tanks, messy eaters and large cichlids all warrant sizing up one model.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e freshwater and marine aquariums from roughly 180 to 300 L; goldfish, cichlid, pleco and turtle setups where waste output runs ahead of tank volume; anyone wanting three media stages in one basket.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e tanks with less than 3.3 cm of clear rim; rimless tanks; tanks pushed flush to a wall; quiet nano and shrimp tanks, where 1500 L\/h is far more current than the stock wants.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIn the box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTidal 75 filter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeater holder\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTelescoping intake pipe\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLevelling dial\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCoarse foam filter pad\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e350 mL Seachem Matrix bio-media\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInstruction manual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eNot included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA heater - the holder is supplied, the heater is not\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChemical media such as carbon or phosphate remover\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdditional Matrix beyond the 350 mL supplied, which fills under a fifth of the 1.9 L basket\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCare and maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOn a heavy waste load, expect to rinse the foam more often than the manual's general advice suggests - watch the blue indicator rather than the calendar\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRinse foam and Matrix in tank water only; tap water will kill the colony\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMatrix does not exhaust and never needs replacing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClean the impeller and its well every few months, sooner in hard water\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSafety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSupplied for 240 V \/ 50 Hz Australian mains with a standard plug. Run the cord as a drip loop below the powerpoint and switch off at the wall before opening the filter. Never run the pump dry. A heater fitted to the holder must stay fully submerged at your lowest water level.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeachem Matrix\u003c\/strong\u003e - the 350 mL supplied barely starts a 1.9 L basket, so a litre is the sensible companion buy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeachem MatrixCarbon\u003c\/strong\u003e - the chemical stage the big basket has room for\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeachem Purigen\u003c\/strong\u003e - polishes water on heavily stocked tanks where organics build fast\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeachem Tidal Replacement Impeller\u003c\/strong\u003e - size 75, the first part to change if it goes noisy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThree years against defects in materials and workmanship, impeller excluded, extendable to five years by registering the filter with Seachem. This is in addition to your rights under the Australian Consumer Law, which cannot be excluded.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e240 V \/ 50 Hz with a standard Australian plug. Ships as a standard parcel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eIs the Seachem Tidal 75 enough for goldfish or cichlids?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor a tank up to about 300 litres, yes - and it is the size to pick for that stock. Goldfish and large cichlids produce waste out of proportion to tank volume, which is what the 1.9 L basket is for. Above 300 litres, move to the Tidal 110.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhy does the Tidal 75 need more rim clearance than the 55?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe body is larger, so it needs 3.3 cm of clear trim rather than 2.6 cm. On braced or hooded tanks that difference decides it, so measure the rim before the tank volume.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWould two Tidal 55s be better than one Tidal 75?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTwo 55s give more total flow and redundancy, but also two rim cut-outs, two lots of maintenance and 10 W instead of 7 W. On one tank, the 75's single 1.9 L basket is simpler and cheaper to run.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCan I use it on a marine tank?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The impeller is corrosion-resistant and Seachem rates the filter for freshwater and marine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat does the Tidal 75 cost to run?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAbout 61 kWh a year, or roughly $18 at 30c per kWh - around 5 cents a day for continuous running.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Seachem","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54773851357475,"sku":"725212-6529","price":250.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/seachem-tidal-75-hangon-filter-285l-248035.webp?v=1790230840"},{"product_id":"seachem-ammonia-alert-1-year","title":"Seachem Ammonia Alert (1 Year)","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eToxic ammonia visible on the glass before a single fish shows stress.\u003c\/strong\u003e Seachem Ammonia Alert is a small in-tank sensor that monitors free ammonia continuously — no test kits, no reagents, no water samples, no procedure. The sensor disc changes colour reversibly from yellow through green to blue as free ammonia rises, and it detects concentrations below 0.05 mg\/L (ppm). One unit lasts over a year in freshwater or marine, and it is small enough to sit in a display tank without becoming part of the scenery.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow to read it\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColour\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFree ammonia\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAction\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSafe\u003c\/strong\u003e (yellow)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBelow 0.02 mg\/L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo action needed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAlert\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.05 mg\/L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTolerated 3–5 days — monitor and plan a water change\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAlarm\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.2 mg\/L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTolerated 1–3 days — water change soon\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eToxic\u003c\/strong\u003e (blue)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.5 mg\/L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eImmediate water change, or dose \u003ca href=\"\/products\/seachem-amguard\"\u003eSeachem AmGuard\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003eResponse to rising ammonia takes about 15 minutes. Coming back down is slower — roughly four hours from Toxic to Safe once the ammonia has actually gone.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat the colour means in test-kit terms\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt 0.02 mg\/L free ammonia — the top of the Safe band — the equivalent \u003cem\u003etotal\u003c\/em\u003e ammonia reading is roughly 0.25 mg\/L in marine water at pH 8.3, or 3.6 mg\/L in freshwater at pH 7.0.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThose two numbers differ that much because pH decides how much of the total sits in the free, dangerous form. It is the single most useful thing to understand about ammonia in an aquarium.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy it may disagree with your test kit\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eLiquid test kits usually measure \u003cem\u003etotal\u003c\/em\u003e ammonia — both the free (NH3) and ionised (NH4+) forms. Ammonia Alert responds only to free ammonia, which is the form that actually harms fish.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBelow pH 7.0 virtually all ammonia exists as harmless ammonium, so the sensor can correctly stay yellow while a total-ammonia kit shows a reading. It also will not react to ammonia already detoxified by a conditioner such as Prime or AmGuard, because bound ammonia is no longer dangerous. That is the sensor working, not failing.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eType\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eContinuous free-ammonia sensor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMeasures\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFree ammonia (NH3) only\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetection limit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBelow 0.05 mg\/L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBands\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSafe, Alert, Alarm, Toxic\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eResponse, rising\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 15 minutes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eResponse, falling\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 4 hours, Toxic to Safe\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eService life\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOver 1 year of continuous use\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReagents or samples\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNone — reads in the tank\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFreshwater and marine\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNot recommended\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAcidic pH\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA dry sensor can look greenish out of the packet and may take a few days to equilibrate once submerged\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWipe algae off with a clean soft cloth only — never bleach, soap, detergent or anything abrasive\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not touch the sensor surface; skin oils clog it. Some dye-based medications may discolour it\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSensitivity improves with age as long as it is kept wet — store it in a little RO water between uses rather than dry\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRead it under natural or daylight-spectrum lighting; strongly blue or pink tank lighting will fight you\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eQuick function check: hold the card over an open bottle of ammonia-based household cleaner and it should turn blue rapidly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e freshwater and marine display tanks · tanks part way through cycling · quarantine and hospital tanks · anyone who will not test daily but wants to know when something has gone wrong · a second opinion when a liquid kit reads high after dosing a conditioner.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e acidic tanks, where Seachem does not recommend it · measuring total ammonia, which it does not do · producing an exact figure when a number is what you need — \u003ca href=\"\/products\/seachem-multitest-ammonia-75-tests\"\u003eSeachem MultiTest: Ammonia\u003c\/a\u003e is that tool · substituting for cycling a new tank properly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/seachem-amguard\"\u003eSeachem AmGuard\u003c\/a\u003e — the emergency response when the sensor reads Alarm or Toxic, with a dosing table written around these exact bands\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/seachem-ph-alert-6-month\"\u003eSeachem pH Alert\u003c\/a\u003e — the same idea for pH, and pH is what decides how much of your ammonia is in the dangerous form\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/seachem-alerts-combo-pack\"\u003eSeachem Alerts Combo Pack\u003c\/a\u003e — the ammonia and pH sensors together\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/seachem-multitest-ammonia-75-tests\"\u003eSeachem MultiTest: Ammonia\u003c\/a\u003e — for when you need a figure rather than a band\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/seachem-prime\"\u003eSeachem Prime\u003c\/a\u003e — the routine conditioner that detoxifies ammonia at water changes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/seachem-stability\"\u003eSeachem Stability\u003c\/a\u003e — builds the biofilter that stops the sensor changing colour at all\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/seachem\"\u003eThe full Seachem range\u003c\/a\u003e — water care, media and test kits\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eRated by Seachem for over a year of continuous use; there is no separate warranty term published for a consumable sensor. Your rights under the Australian Consumer Law apply regardless and cannot be excluded. Ships as a standard parcel.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eHow long does Seachem Ammonia Alert last?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eOver a year of continuous use in the tank. Sensitivity actually improves with age provided the sensor stays wet, so store it in a little RO water rather than dry if it ever comes out.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhy is my Ammonia Alert yellow when my test kit shows ammonia?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eLiquid kits usually measure total ammonia — free NH3 plus ionised NH4+. Ammonia Alert responds only to free ammonia, the form that harms fish. Below pH 7.0 almost all ammonia is the harmless ionised form, so both readings can be correct at the same time.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDoes it still work after dosing Prime or AmGuard?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, and this is where it earns its place. It will not react to ammonia that has already been bound and made non-toxic, so it shows the state the fish are actually in rather than the false positive a liquid kit gives.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I use it in a saltwater tank?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, in marine and freshwater both. The equivalent total-ammonia figure differs between the two because marine tanks run at a higher pH.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eHow do I check the sensor still works?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eHold the card over the open bottle of an ammonia-based household cleaner. It should turn blue quickly, then return to its previous colour once it is back in the tank.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I clean algae off it?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eWipe it with a clean soft cloth only. No bleach, no soap, no detergent, nothing abrasive, and keep bare fingers off the sensor pad — skin oils clog it permanently.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Seachem","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54773851423011,"sku":"725032-10","price":28.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/seachem-ammonia-alert-1-year-280803.webp?v=1790230840"},{"product_id":"seachem-prime-bonus-rhino-30-bonus-325-ml","title":"Seachem Prime Bonus Rhino +30% BONUS 325 mL","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe same concentrated Prime formula, in a 325 mL bottle with 30% extra free.\u003c\/strong\u003e Seachem Prime is a complete water conditioner for freshwater and marine aquariums: it removes chlorine and chloramine on contact, and binds ammonia, nitrite and nitrate into a non-toxic form for up to 48 hours. This Rhino bottle holds 325 mL — a 250 mL fill plus 30% bonus — and treats roughly 13,000 L of new water at the standard dose.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRemoves chlorine and chloramine instantly\u003c\/strong\u003e when added to new or running water.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDetoxifies ammonia, nitrite and nitrate\u003c\/strong\u003e for up to 48 hours, without halting your biofilter.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDetoxifies heavy metals\u003c\/strong\u003e commonly found in tap water.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNon-acidic\u003c\/strong\u003e — won't shift pH — and reef safe at the standard dose without over-activating a skimmer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e30% bonus fill\u003c\/strong\u003e — 325 mL for the price this range is usually sold at 250 mL.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBrand\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeachem\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eType\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eComplete water conditioner (dechlorinator and ammonia\/nitrite\/nitrate detoxifier)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBottle size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e325 mL (250 mL + 30% bonus)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eStandard dose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 mL (1 capful) per 200 L of new water\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eApprox. litres treated\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e13,000 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCost per litre treated\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUnder 1c per litre\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFreshwater, marine and reef\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e725185-430\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBarcode\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0116043007\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDosage and directions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStandard:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5 mL (1 capful) per 200 L of new water.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHigh chloramine:\u003c\/strong\u003e a double dose (10 mL per 200 L) is safe.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAmmonia or nitrite emergency:\u003c\/strong\u003e up to 5 times normal dose (25 mL per 200 L).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAbove 30°C\u003c\/strong\u003e with low chlorine or ammonia: use a half dose.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRe-dose every 24–48 hours if ammonia or nitrite remain elevated.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e freshwater, marine and reef aquariums, new water and emergency ammonia\/nitrite control.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e replacing regular water changes — Prime detoxifies, it doesn't remove waste.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSafety\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eA sulfur-like smell after dosing is normal. Standard liquid ammonia test kits can show a false positive after dosing since Prime's ammonia bond isn't reversed by the Nessler reagent most kits use — a Seachem MultiTest Ammonia kit reads correctly. Keep out of reach of children.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCovered by your rights under Australian Consumer Law in addition to any manufacturer terms. Standard parcel freight.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eHow is the Rhino bottle different from standard Prime?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eSame formula and dose rate — the Rhino bottle simply holds 30% more than the standard 250 mL bottle for the same fill line.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDoes Prime remove nitrate?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt detoxifies nitrate into a less harmful form for up to 48 hours, the same as ammonia and nitrite — it doesn't strip nitrate from the system.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWill this affect my protein skimmer?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt the standard reef dose, Prime doesn't over-activate skimmers the way some older conditioners can.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Seachem","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54773851881763,"sku":"725185-430","price":35.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/seachem-prime-bonus-rhino-30-bonus-325-ml-313571.webp?v=1790230837"},{"product_id":"seachem-pristine-bonus-rhino-30-bonus-325-ml","title":"Seachem Pristine Bonus Rhino +30% BONUS 325 mL","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe same Pristine bacterial blend, in a 325 mL bottle with 30% extra free.\u003c\/strong\u003e Seachem Pristine uses bio-augmentation to digest sludge, detritus, uneaten food and excess nutrients in freshwater and marine aquariums. This Rhino bottle holds 325 mL — a 250 mL fill plus 30% bonus.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDigests organic waste\u003c\/strong\u003e — sludge, detritus, uneaten food and oily surface film from overfeeding.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eKeeps working in low-oxygen conditions\u003c\/strong\u003e, continuing to multiply where ordinary nitrifying bacteria stall.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eImproves clarity\u003c\/strong\u003e as established colonies trap fine particles.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e30% bonus fill\u003c\/strong\u003e — 325 mL for the price this range is usually sold at 250 mL.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFresh and marine safe.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBrand\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeachem\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eType\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBio-augmentation bacteria (waste and sludge control)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBottle size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e325 mL (250 mL + 30% bonus)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInitial dose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 mL (1 capful) per 40 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaintenance dose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 mL (1 capful) per 80 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eApprox. litres treated (initial dose)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2,600 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCost per litre treated\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1c per litre\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFreshwater and marine\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eShelf life\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 years from date of manufacture\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e725187-1248\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBarcode\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0116012485\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDosage and directions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInitial dose:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5 mL (1 capful) per 40 L.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaintenance dose:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5 mL (1 capful) per 80 L, when adding livestock or after cleaning or medicating.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShake well before use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTurn off UV sterilisers and ozone before dosing; leave off for 2–3 days while the bacteria establish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemove antibiotics with fresh carbon and a water change before dosing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e freshwater and marine aquariums with sludge, detritus or excess nutrient load.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e use while UV or ozone is running — switch off first.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCovered by your rights under Australian Consumer Law in addition to any manufacturer terms. Standard parcel freight.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eHow is the Rhino bottle different from standard Pristine?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eSame formula and dose rate — the Rhino bottle holds 30% more than the standard 250 mL bottle.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I dose Pristine and Prime on the same day?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, they do different jobs — Prime conditions the water, Pristine digests waste — and are commonly used together.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWill Pristine cloud my water?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo — established colonies improve clarity by trapping fine particles, rather than clouding it.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Seachem","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54773851914531,"sku":"725187-1248","price":37.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/seachem-pristine-bonus-rhino-30-bonus-325-ml-558755.webp?v=1790230840"},{"product_id":"seachem-stability-bonus-rhino-30-bonus-325-ml","title":"Seachem Stability Bonus Rhino +30% BONUS 325 mL","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGet 30% more Seachem Stability for the same price: a full 325 mL in the bonus Rhino bottle (250 mL + 30% free), enough to rapidly seed the biofilter in a new tank and help prevent new tank syndrome.\u003c\/strong\u003e Stability contains a synergistic blend of aerobic, anaerobic and facultative bacteria that break down waste organics, ammonia, nitrite and nitrate in both freshwater and marine aquariums.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBroad tolerance of temperature, pH and organic load, staying effective where competing blends can crash\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNon-sulfur-fixing bacteria, so it will not produce toxic hydrogen sulphide\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHarmless to fish, invertebrates and plants, with no danger of overdosing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDormant spore form: no refrigeration required, activates once diluted in aquarium water\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDoes not affect pH, GH or KH: it is purely a bacterial supplement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWorks well alongside a biological filter medium such as Seachem Matrix\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAttribute\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePack size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e325 mL total (250 mL + 30% bonus = 75 mL free), Rhino bottle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eForm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLiquid suspension of dormant bacterial spores\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBacteria type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAerobic, anaerobic and facultative (non-sulfur-fixing)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWater suitability\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFreshwater and marine (saltwater)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShelf life\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 years from date of manufacture, stored at room temperature\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDosage and directions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShake well before use and switch off UV sterilisers or ozone equipment while dosing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eStage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFrequency\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNew tank, day 1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 mL (1 capful) per 40 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOnce, on setup day\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNew tank, days 2-7\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 mL per 80 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDaily for 7 consecutive days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaintenance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 mL per 80 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMonthly, at each water change, when adding new fish, or when medicating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCost per litre\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWorking: the 325 mL bottle holds 65 maintenance doses (325 mL ÷ 5 mL per dose). At the maintenance rate of one dose per 80 L, that maintains 5,200 L of tank water (65 × 80 L) across the life of the bottle, which works out to under 1c per litre of tank water maintained.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for \/ Not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e new freshwater and marine aquariums being cycled, established tanks after a water change, when adding new fish, when medicating, and for fishless cycling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e replacing regular water testing and water changes; instantly completing the nitrogen cycle (most tanks still take 4 to 6 weeks even with bacterial additives); or adjusting pH, GH or KH.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSafety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTurn off UV sterilisers and ozone equipment while dosing, as these can kill the bacteria before they establish. Stability is non-toxic to fish, invertebrates, plants and biological filtration, with no overdose risk under normal use. Store at room temperature out of direct sunlight and keep out of reach of children.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis product is backed by Seachem's manufacturer quality assurance, in addition to the consumer guarantees you are automatically entitled to under Australian Consumer Law, covering faults, defects and products not matching their description. Contact us if your bottle arrives damaged or faulty and we will arrange a remedy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCan I add fish straight away?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Fish and other livestock can be introduced at any time, as long as the 7-day dosing schedule is completed as directed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHow long does a full tank cycle take?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEvery tank cycles at its own pace depending on stocking, filtration and organic load, but most tanks dosed with Stability complete a full cycle within 4 to 6 weeks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat should I use for an ammonia spike?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor an emergency ammonia reading, Seachem recommends Seachem AmGuard alongside continued Stability dosing to keep supporting the biofilter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCan I run a fishless cycle?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Add a pinch of fish food daily as an ammonia source until your test kit registers ammonia, then continue the Stability dosing schedule until the tank cycles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes Stability affect pH, GH or KH?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. Stability is a bacterial supplement only and has no impact on pH, GH or KH.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhy is this called the Rhino bottle?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Rhino bottle is Seachem's bonus-size packaging: 30% extra product (325 mL instead of 250 mL) in the same bottle format, for genuine added value over the standard size.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Seachem","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54773852209443,"sku":"725186-120","price":32.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/seachem-stability-bonus-rhino-30-bonus-325-ml-591523.webp?v=1790230839"},{"product_id":"seachem-clarity-bonus-rhino-30-bonus-325-ml","title":"Seachem Clarity Bonus Rhino +30% BONUS 325 mL","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThirty percent more clarifier in the promotional Rhino bottle.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is Seachem Clarity in a 325 mL bonus bottle — the usual 250 mL fill plus 30% extra. At the label rate of 5 mL per 80 L that is 65 capfuls, enough to dose up to 5,200 L of aquarium water in total. The formula is identical to every other Clarity bottle: reef safe, plant safe, and effective on cloudiness in freshwater, marine and reef systems.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e65 capfuls instead of 50\u003c\/strong\u003e — fifteen extra doses over the standard 250 mL bottle, at the same fill price point.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSame formula, bigger fill\u003c\/strong\u003e — nothing about the chemistry changes; only the volume in the bottle does.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHandles every clouding type\u003c\/strong\u003e — precipitating and flocculating agents in one bottle, so bacterial blooms, algal blooms and plain particulate haze all respond.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReef and plant safe as directed\u003c\/strong\u003e — it does not strip soluble nutrients or trace minerals from the water.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClears in 1–2 hours\u003c\/strong\u003e — with a repeat dose available after 24 hours if the haze persists.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePromotional stock\u003c\/strong\u003e — the Rhino bonus fill is a run, not a permanent size, so it is here while it lasts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUnder 1c per litre\u003c\/strong\u003e — at the label rate, the 325 mL bonus bottle treats water for under 1c per litre, cheaper per litre than the standard 250 mL fill at the same price.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat the bonus size actually gets you\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBottle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFill\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCapfuls of 5 mL\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTotal water dosed\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCost per litre\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e100 mL\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,600 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1c per litre\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e250 mL standard\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e250 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4,000 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUnder 1c per litre\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e325 mL Rhino bonus\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e250 mL plus 30% extra\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e65\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5,200 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUnder 1c per litre\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e500 mL\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e500 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8,000 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUnder 1c per litre\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOn a 200 L tank, one dose is 12.5 mL. The bonus bottle therefore carries 26 full-tank doses where the standard 250 mL carries 20.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat kind of cloudy water is it, and will Clarity help?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCloudiness has several unrelated causes, and Seachem Clarity is the right answer to some of them and the wrong answer to others. The honest version:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCause\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat it looks like\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDoes Clarity help\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNew-tank bacterial bloom\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMilky white haze, usually days 3–14\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes — it clumps the bacteria for the filter. The bloom still ends when the biofilter matures, not when you dose.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDisturbed substrate or new sand\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFine grey or brown dust through the water column\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes — this is the fastest case, typically clear in an hour or two.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAlgal bloom, or green water\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEven green tint you cannot see through\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes, as a reset — but the light and nutrient cause has to be dealt with or it returns.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDebris after a rescape\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFloating fragments and grit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes, provided the mechanical media is fresh enough to hold the load.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDissolved organics\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTea-coloured or yellow, but clear rather than hazy\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo — nothing is suspended to clump. Use \u003ca href=\"\/products\/seachem-purigen\"\u003ePurigen\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"\/products\/seachem-matrixcarbon\"\u003eMatrixCarbon\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDosage and directions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDose Seachem Clarity at 1 capful (5 mL) per 80 L, near the filter intake. Repeat every 24 hours if required. Mechanical filtration must be running — fine filter floss is what actually catches the clumps, and a coarse sponge will let most of them through.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExpect the tank to look cloudier for a short period straight after dosing. That is the flocculant binding particles together, and clearing follows within one to two hours.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck the floss once the water clears. A heavy clearing job can load it enough to need rinsing or replacing more than once.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn very soft, lightly buffered water, Seachem advises a quarter to a half dose first, with an eye on pH, before going to the full rate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBrand\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeachem\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eType\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWater clarifier — combined precipitant and polymeric flocculant\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBottle size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e325 mL — 250 mL plus 30% bonus fill\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCapfuls per bottle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e65\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTotal water dosed per bottle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 5,200 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFreshwater, marine and reef\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDose rate\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 mL (1 capful) per 80 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRepeat interval\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEvery 24 hours as needed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTime to clear\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTypically 1–2 hours\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReef safe\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes, used as directed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePlant safe\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes, used as directed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRequires mechanical filtration\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes — fine filter floss recommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnyone who already knows Clarity works for them and wants more of it per bottle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMulti-tank racks and fishrooms, where one clouding event can mean several tanks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAquascapers who disturb substrate often\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNew setups, where the fortnight-long bacterial bloom can take repeat doses\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTanks with no mechanical media in the flow path\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eYellowing from dissolved organics, which needs chemical filtration instead\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnyone wanting a single small bottle for a one-off event — the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/seachem-clarity\"\u003e100 mL standard size\u003c\/a\u003e is the sensible buy there\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSafety and handling\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep out of reach of children and away from food.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not exceed the stated dose. Extra flocculant does not clear water faster; it just loads the filter harder.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWatch flow through the filter after a heavy dose, since loaded floss can restrict it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStore sealed, cool, and out of direct sunlight.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSeachem publishes a Safety Data Sheet for this product at sds.seachem.com.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/seachem-clarity\"\u003eSeachem Clarity in standard sizes\u003c\/a\u003e — 100 mL, 250 mL and 500 mL for when the bonus run finishes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/seachem-purigen\"\u003eSeachem Purigen\u003c\/a\u003e — for the yellowing and dissolved organics a clarifier cannot address\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/seachem-stability\"\u003eSeachem Stability\u003c\/a\u003e — for the biofilter behind a new-tank bacterial bloom\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/seachem-the-bag-13-x-25cm\"\u003eSeachem The Bag\u003c\/a\u003e — keeps media in the flow where the clumps are travelling\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/seachem-prime\"\u003eSeachem Prime\u003c\/a\u003e — for the water change that usually follows a clearing job\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty, delivery and Australian notes\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is a consumable water treatment, so no manufacturer equipment warranty applies. Your rights under the Australian Consumer Law apply in addition to anything the manufacturer states, including the guarantees that goods are of acceptable quality and fit for the purpose described.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 325 mL bottle is well under one litre and ships as an ordinary parcel. Bonus fills are promotional production runs, so the size is available only while that stock lasts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eIs the bonus bottle the same product as standard Clarity?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The formula is identical. The only difference is the fill — 325 mL instead of 250 mL, which is the standard bottle plus 30% extra.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHow many doses does the 325 mL bottle give?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSixty-five capfuls of 5 mL. At the label rate of 5 mL per 80 L that doses up to 5,200 L of aquarium water in total, or 26 full doses on a 200 L tank.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes Clarity remove fertiliser or trace elements?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. Seachem states that Clarity removes suspended particulates only and does not strip soluble nutrients or trace minerals, so planted-tank fertiliser and reef supplement routines carry on unchanged.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWill Clarity clog the filter?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt loads mechanical media faster than normal, because that media is now catching everything the clarifier has clumped together. Plan on rinsing or replacing filter floss once or twice while the tank clears.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHow long does an opened bottle keep?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSeachem does not publish a fixed shelf life after opening for this product. Keep it sealed, cool and out of direct sunlight, and buy a size you will realistically use.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Seachem","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54773852274979,"sku":"725184-140","price":32.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/seachem-clarity-bonus-rhino-30-bonus-325-ml-624291.webp?v=1790230836"},{"product_id":"aquavitro-shrimp-tall-hut","title":"Aquavitro Shrimp Tall Hut","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAn upright ceramic tower a shrimp can vanish into.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Aquavitro Shrimp Tall Hut is a 3.8 x 4 x 9 cm perforated ceramic hide from Seachem's aquavitro shrimp care range. Its upright shape tucks neatly between plants and hardscape where a low, wide hide wouldn't fit. Shrimp use it as cover straight after moulting, when the new shell is soft, and while carrying eggs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e3.8 x 4 x 9 cm upright tower\u003c\/strong\u003e - fits into narrow gaps a low-profile hide can't.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePerforated ceramic walls\u003c\/strong\u003e - water passes through freely while the interior stays shaded.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShelters shrimp during moulting\u003c\/strong\u003e - cover for the vulnerable window after a shell change.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeclusion for berried females\u003c\/strong\u003e - a retreat for shrimp carrying eggs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDoubles as a grazing surface\u003c\/strong\u003e - grows biofilm and fine algae for shrimp to feed on as it establishes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFresh and saltwater safe\u003c\/strong\u003e - aquavitro states there are no concerns using it in saltwater.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.8 x 4 x 9 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCeramic, perforated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFreshwater and saltwater\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRinsing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRinse under tap water before first use\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct code\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7077\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e freshwater and saltwater shrimp aquariums, planted tanks where a tall narrow hide suits the layout, breeding setups.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e tanks with fish slim enough to work through the perforations - the openings that let shrimp pass also let a slim-bodied predator try.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSetting it up\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRinse under tap water, then stand it wherever suits the scape. No cycling or curing is needed - biofilm and fine algae build up on the ceramic naturally over the following weeks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/aquavitro-shrimp-small-hut\"\u003eAquavitro Shrimp Small Hut\u003c\/a\u003e - the low-profile companion piece for foreground placement.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/aquavitro-shrimp-stacks-3-pcs\"\u003eAquavitro Shrimp Stacks\u003c\/a\u003e - smaller pipes to scatter around the base of the hut.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/aquavitro-shrimp-stars-5-pcs\"\u003eAquavitro Shrimp Stars\u003c\/a\u003e - interlocking pieces for building out a bigger refuge.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAquavitro does not publish a warranty term for its ceramic shrimp decor. Your rights under the Australian Consumer Law apply regardless. Ships as a standard parcel item.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDo I need to rinse it before adding it to my tank?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Aquavitro's instructions are to rinse under tap water, then place the hut in the aquarium as desired.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eIs it safe for a saltwater or reef tank?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Aquavitro states there should be no concerns using the Tall Hut in saltwater.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWill the Tall Hut tip over in a lightly-scaped tank?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBeing upright and narrow, it sits more securely nestled against hardscape, substrate or plant roots than free-standing on open sand. Aquavitro doesn't publish a weight figure, so treat placement the same way you would any tall, narrow ornament.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCan I combine it with other aquavitro shrimp decor?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. It's designed to sit alongside the rest of the aquavitro shrimp range, including the Small Hut, Pipes, Stacks and Stars.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"AquaVitro","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54773853192483,"sku":"725162-7077","price":24.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/aquavitro-shrimp-tall-hut-318499.webp?v=1790230708"},{"product_id":"aquavitro-shrimp-stacks-3-pcs","title":"Aquavitro Shrimp Stacks 3 pcs.","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThree ceramic pipes shrimp can stack into their own hideout.\u003c\/strong\u003e Aquavitro Shrimp Stacks are a set of three ceramic tubes, each 2 x 2 x 6 cm, from Seachem's aquavitro shrimp care range. Lay them flat, stack them into a pyramid or scatter them through the scape - shrimp use the tubes as a bolt-hole when moulting or carrying eggs, and the ceramic surface grows the biofilm and fine algae they graze on.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThree 2 x 2 x 6 cm ceramic pipes\u003c\/strong\u003e - a shorter run than the 5-piece Shrimp Pipes set, sized for smaller layouts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStack any way you like\u003c\/strong\u003e - flat, pyramid or scattered, and rearranged whenever you rescape.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShelters shrimp during moulting\u003c\/strong\u003e - cover for the window when a soft new shell leaves them exposed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeclusion for berried females\u003c\/strong\u003e - a retreat for shrimp carrying eggs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDoubles as a grazing surface\u003c\/strong\u003e - the ceramic grows biofilm and fine algae shrimp feed on as it establishes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFresh and saltwater safe\u003c\/strong\u003e - aquavitro states the pipes may be used in fresh and saltwater with no concerns noted.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePack size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 ceramic pipes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePipe dimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 x 2 x 6 cm each\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCeramic\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFreshwater and saltwater\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRinsing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRinse under tap water before first use\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich pipe set do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePack\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePipe size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/aquavitro-shrimp-stacks-3-pcs\"\u003eShrimp Stacks\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 pipes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 x 2 x 6 cm each\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/aquavitro-shrimp-pipes-5-pcs\"\u003eShrimp Pipes\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 pipes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.3 x 1.3 x 5 cm each\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStacks is the larger-diameter, shorter-count option; Pipes is the smaller-diameter, higher-count option. Both stack together, so a mixed set gives more configurations than either alone.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e freshwater and saltwater shrimp aquariums, nano and planted tanks, breeding setups where berried females need seclusion.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e tanks housing fish large or determined enough to hunt shrimp through an open-ended tube - the pipes offer refuge, not protection from a predator that can reach in.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSetting them up\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRinse under tap water before placing them in the aquarium, then arrange as desired. No cycling or curing is needed - biofilm and fine algae develop naturally on the ceramic surface as the tank matures.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/aquavitro-shrimp-pipes-5-pcs\"\u003eAquavitro Shrimp Pipes\u003c\/a\u003e - the larger 5-piece set, for mixing pipe diameters in one stack.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/aquavitro-shrimp-small-hut\"\u003eAquavitro Shrimp Small Hut\u003c\/a\u003e - an enclosed hide to pair with the open-ended pipes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/aquavitro-shrimp-stars-5-pcs\"\u003eAquavitro Shrimp Stars\u003c\/a\u003e - interlocking pieces that combine with the pipes into a larger structure.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAquavitro does not publish a warranty term for its ceramic shrimp decor. Your rights under the Australian Consumer Law apply regardless. Ships as a standard parcel item.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDo I need to rinse the pipes before adding them to my tank?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Aquavitro's instructions are to rinse under tap water, then place the pipes in the aquarium as desired.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat's the difference between Shrimp Stacks and Shrimp Pipes?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStacks is three pipes at 2 x 2 x 6 cm each; Pipes is five pipes at 1.3 x 1.3 x 5 cm each. Stacks has the larger diameter and shorter length per piece, Pipes has more pieces to arrange.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCan I use these in a saltwater or reef tank?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Aquavitro states the ceramic pipes may be used in fresh and saltwater with no concerns noted for either.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWill they need cleaning once they're in the tank?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNot for the shrimp's sake - they're designed to grow biofilm and fine algae as a grazing surface, so a light coating is the product doing its job.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"AquaVitro","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54773853225251,"sku":"725167-7084","price":36.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/aquavitro-shrimp-stacks-3-pcs-384035.webp?v=1790230837"},{"product_id":"aquavitro-shrimp-cubes-5-pcs","title":"Aquavitro Shrimp Cubes 5 pcs.","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFive stackable ceramic dens shrimp actually use.\u003c\/strong\u003e Aquavitro Shrimp Cubes are a set of five small hollow ceramic cubes from Seachem's aquavitro shrimp care range, each about 2 x 2 x 2 cm. Stack them into towers, walls or scattered dens - every cube is a bolt-hole for a moulting or berried shrimp, and every ceramic surface grows the biofilm and fine algae shrimp graze on.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSet of 5 hollow ceramic cubes\u003c\/strong\u003e - each approximately 2 x 2 x 2 cm, small enough to use several per nano tank.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStackable in any configuration\u003c\/strong\u003e - rebuild the layout any time without committing to a fixed aquascape.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrows biofilm and fine algae\u003c\/strong\u003e - the ceramic surface becomes a grazing ground shrimp return to on its own, on top of working as a hide.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAquarium-safe ceramic\u003c\/strong\u003e - inert in both freshwater and saltwater, so it won't affect water chemistry.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDoubles as moulting and breeding cover\u003c\/strong\u003e - shrimp are at their most vulnerable just after moulting and while carrying eggs, and a hollow cube gives them somewhere to retreat.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePack size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 ceramic cubes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCube dimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApprox. 2 x 2 x 2 cm each\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAquarium-safe ceramic\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFreshwater and saltwater\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePreparation\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRinse under tap water before use\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSetting them up\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRinse each cube under tap water before adding it to the tank.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStack them as towers, scatter them individually, or build a wall - there's no fixed way to arrange them.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGive the biofilm a few weeks to establish on the ceramic surface before expecting to see shrimp grazing on it regularly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e shrimp and nano tanks, breeding setups where berried females need seclusion, and any freshwater or saltwater aquarium wanting extra hard-surface area for biofilm and grazing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e tanks with large or boisterous fish likely to knock a stack over, since these are lightweight and freestanding rather than fixed in place.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAquavitro Shrimp Dome, for a mix of enclosed and low-profile hides in the same tank.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA fine leaf litter or botanicals layer, which grows biofilm alongside the ceramic surfaces for extra grazing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA sponge filter, which is gentle enough for a shrimp-only tank stocked with these hides.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCeramic is inert and doesn't carry a manufacturer warranty term as such; your rights under the Australian Consumer Law cover faults regardless. Standard parcel freight applies.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDo I need to cycle these before shrimp use them?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo cycling is required for the cubes themselves - just rinse before adding them. The biofilm that shrimp graze on builds up naturally over the following weeks once the cubes are in the tank.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWill these raise my pH or hardness?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The ceramic is inert and won't affect water chemistry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCan I use these in a saltwater tank?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, AquaVitro markets these for both freshwater and saltwater use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHow many cubes does a nano tank need?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAquaVitro doesn't publish a stocking guide for this. As a general rule, more hides reduce stress in a colony of shrimp, so a full 5-cube set stacked into two or three small groups suits most nano setups.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"AquaVitro","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54773853258019,"sku":"725168-7085","price":37.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/aquavitro-shrimp-cubes-5-pcs-662051.webp?v=1790230837"},{"product_id":"aquavitro-shrimp-dome","title":"Aquavitro Shrimp Dome","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA shaded hide shrimp can see out of.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Aquavitro Shrimp Dome is a low, perforated ceramic mound from Seachem's aquavitro shrimp care range, about 5.5 x 5.5 x 2.75 cm. Randomly sized holes let water flow through and shrimp come and go freely, while the shade underneath gives a quiet retreat during moulting and breeding.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLow-profile dome, approx. 5.5 x 5.5 x 2.75 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e - sits flat on the substrate without taking up much footprint.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRandomly perforated shell\u003c\/strong\u003e - gives shrimp several entry and exit points rather than a single tunnel, and keeps water moving through underneath.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShade and seclusion\u003c\/strong\u003e - reduces stress and predation risk, and gives extra protection right after a moult when shrimp are softest.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrows biofilm on the ceramic surface\u003c\/strong\u003e - an ongoing grazing source, not just a hide.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAquarium-safe ceramic\u003c\/strong\u003e - inert in freshwater and saltwater.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApprox. 5.5 x 5.5 x 2.75 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAquarium-safe ceramic\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFreshwater and saltwater\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePreparation\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRinse under tap water before use\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSetting it up\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRinse under tap water before placing it in the tank.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSet it directly on the substrate wherever shrimp activity is highest, or near cover where a berried female is likely to retreat.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLeave it in place for a few weeks to let biofilm establish before expecting shrimp to graze on it regularly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e shrimp and nano tanks, breeding setups, and any freshwater or saltwater aquarium wanting a low-profile hide that doesn't block the view of the tank.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e tanks where larger fish are likely to flip or dislodge a lightweight, freestanding piece of decor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAquavitro Shrimp Cubes, stacked nearby for a mix of enclosed and open shelter.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFine substrate, which lets the dome sit flush rather than rocking on an uneven base.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA sponge or low-flow filter suited to shrimp-only tanks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCeramic is inert and doesn't carry a manufacturer warranty term as such; your rights under the Australian Consumer Law cover faults regardless. Standard parcel freight applies.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWill the holes let shrimp escape and get stuck?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe openings are sized for shrimp to pass through freely rather than get trapped in; the dome is designed as an open-access hide, not an enclosed trap.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCan I use this with fish as well as shrimp?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, though it's designed and marketed around shrimp care specifically. Small fish that appreciate cover can use it too.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes it affect water chemistry?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The ceramic is inert in both freshwater and saltwater.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHow is this different from the Shrimp Cubes?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Cubes are hollow and stackable into towers or walls; the Dome is a single low mound that sits flat with multiple openings. Many keepers use both for different types of cover in the same tank.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"AquaVitro","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54773853290787,"sku":"725164-7079","price":21.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/aquavitro-shrimp-dome-727587.webp?v=1790230837"},{"product_id":"aquavitro-shrimp-tube","title":"Aquavitro Shrimp Tube","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA ceramic hideaway shrimp turn to when they're vulnerable.\u003c\/strong\u003e The aquavitro Shrimp Tube is a small perforated ceramic tunnel from Seachem's aquavitro range, measuring 3.75 x 3.75 x 7 cm. It gives shrimp somewhere to retreat during moulting and the breeding cycle — the two moments they're most exposed to tank-mates — while the open ends and perforated walls keep water moving through rather than creating a stagnant dead end.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePerforated ceramic tunnel\u003c\/strong\u003e — open ends and side perforations give shelter with flow-through, not a dead-end box shrimp can get trapped in.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMoulting and breeding refuge\u003c\/strong\u003e — somewhere to retreat when shrimp are at their softest and most exposed to tank-mates.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBiofilm surface\u003c\/strong\u003e — the ceramic grows biofilm and fine algae over time, which shrimp graze on, doubling as a feeding station.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFreshwater and saltwater\u003c\/strong\u003e — the same tube suits a freshwater shrimp tank or a marine nano.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompact footprint\u003c\/strong\u003e — 3.75 x 3.75 x 7 cm suits nano and shrimp-specific tanks without dominating the aquascape.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCeramic\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.75 x 3.75 x 7 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFreshwater and saltwater\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUse\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShrimp shelter and moulting\/breeding hide\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRange\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eaquavitro (Seachem)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for freshwater shrimp (Neocaridina, Caridina and similar) and marine nano shrimp, in tanks sized to suit a nano hide.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNot designed as a hide for large or boisterous fish — it's sized and shaped for shrimp, not general aquarium decor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCare and maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRinse under tap water before placing it in the aquarium. No ongoing maintenance is needed beyond normal tank cleaning — biofilm builds up naturally on the ceramic surface over time in an established tank.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOther pieces in the aquavitro shrimp range (huts, stacks, cubes and stars) combine with the Shrimp Tube to give a shrimp colony more retreat options, alongside shrimp-safe substrate and fine-leaved plants for grazing surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCovered by the standard consumer guarantees under Australian Consumer Law, in addition to any manufacturer assurance. Ships as a small ceramic item under standard freight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes the Shrimp Tube work in a saltwater nano tank?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — aquavitro states it may be used in both freshwater and saltwater setups.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDo I need to rinse it before use?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, a quick rinse under tap water is all it needs before going into the tank.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWill biofilm grow on it automatically?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGiven time in an established tank, yes — the ceramic surface is porous enough for biofilm and fine algae to colonise, which shrimp then graze on.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCan I use more than one in the same tank?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — several tubes, or a mix of other pieces from the aquavitro shrimp range, can be combined to give a colony more retreat options.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"AquaVitro","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54773853552931,"sku":"725163-7078","price":21.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/aquavitro-shrimp-tube-793123.webp?v=1790230837"},{"product_id":"aquavitro-shrimp-stars-5-pcs","title":"Aquavitro Shrimp Stars 5 pcs.","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eConcave ceramic stars shrimp interlock into their own reef.\u003c\/strong\u003e Aquavitro Shrimp Stars are a set of five concave, 4 x 4 x 1.25 cm ceramic pieces from Seachem's aquavitro shrimp care range. Their shape lets them interlock into small stacked structures full of gaps and hollows - exactly the seclusion shrimp look for when moulting or carrying eggs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFive 4 x 4 x 1.25 cm concave ceramic stars\u003c\/strong\u003e - low-profile pieces that interlock rather than simply stack.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEndless configurations\u003c\/strong\u003e - build a low scatter or a taller interlocked reef, and rearrange whenever you rescape.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShelters shrimp during moulting\u003c\/strong\u003e - cover for the window when a soft new shell leaves them exposed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeclusion for berried females\u003c\/strong\u003e - a retreat for shrimp carrying eggs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDoubles as a grazing surface\u003c\/strong\u003e - the ceramic grows biofilm and fine algae shrimp feed on as it establishes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFresh and saltwater safe\u003c\/strong\u003e - aquavitro notes no concerns using them in either.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePack size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 ceramic stars\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePiece dimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 x 4 x 1.25 cm each\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eShape\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConcave, interlocking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCeramic\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFreshwater and saltwater\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRinsing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRinse under tap water before first use\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct code\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7082\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e freshwater and saltwater shrimp aquariums, nano and planted tanks, breeding setups, aquascapers who want a sculptural rather than tube-shaped hide.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e tanks housing fish large or determined enough to hunt shrimp out of shallow, open hollows - the stars offer visual cover, not a sealed refuge.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSetting them up\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRinse under tap water, then interlock and arrange as desired. No cycling or curing is needed - biofilm and fine algae develop naturally on the ceramic surface as the tank matures.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/aquavitro-shrimp-pipes-5-pcs\"\u003eAquavitro Shrimp Pipes\u003c\/a\u003e - open-ended tubes to combine with the interlocking stars.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/aquavitro-shrimp-stacks-3-pcs\"\u003eAquavitro Shrimp Stacks\u003c\/a\u003e - a larger-diameter pipe set for mixing shapes in one structure.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/aquavitro-shrimp-small-hut\"\u003eAquavitro Shrimp Small Hut\u003c\/a\u003e - a fully enclosed hide to pair with the more open star structure.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAquavitro does not publish a warranty term for its ceramic shrimp decor. Your rights under the Australian Consumer Law apply regardless. Ships as a standard parcel item.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDo I need to rinse the stars before adding them to my tank?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Aquavitro's instructions are to rinse under tap water, then place them in the aquarium as desired.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHow do the stars interlock?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach piece is concave, so pairs and stacks nest into each other to form small hollows and gaps rather than sitting as flat, separate ornaments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCan I use these in a saltwater or reef tank?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Aquavitro states the ceramic stars may be used in fresh and saltwater with no concerns noted for either.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCan I combine these with other aquavitro shrimp decor?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. They're designed to sit alongside the rest of the aquavitro shrimp range, including the Pipes, Stacks, Small Hut and Tall Hut.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"AquaVitro","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54773853585699,"sku":"725165-7082","price":47.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/aquavitro-shrimp-stars-5-pcs-891427.webp?v=1790230838"},{"product_id":"aquavitro-shrimp-pipes-5-pcs","title":"Aquavitro Shrimp Pipes 5 pcs.","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFive ceramic pipes shrimp can stack into their own hideout.\u003c\/strong\u003e Aquavitro Shrimp Pipes are a set of five ceramic tubes, each 1.3 x 1.3 x 5 cm, from Seachem's aquavitro shrimp care range. Stand them on end, lay them flat or scatter them through the scape - shrimp use the tubes as a bolt-hole when moulting or carrying eggs, and the ceramic surface grows the biofilm and fine algae they graze on.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFive 1.3 x 1.3 x 5 cm ceramic pipes\u003c\/strong\u003e - small enough for shrimp and nano fish, too small for anything that could crush them.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStack any way you like\u003c\/strong\u003e - flat, pyramid or scattered, and rearranged whenever you rescape.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShelters shrimp during moulting\u003c\/strong\u003e - a soft new shell is the most vulnerable a shrimp gets, and a tight tube keeps it out of sight while it hardens.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeclusion for berried females\u003c\/strong\u003e - egg-carrying shrimp seek cover, and the pipes give them somewhere to retreat to.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDoubles as a grazing surface\u003c\/strong\u003e - the ceramic grows biofilm and fine algae shrimp feed on as it establishes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFresh and saltwater safe\u003c\/strong\u003e - aquavitro states the pipes may be used in either.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePack size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 ceramic pipes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePipe dimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.3 x 1.3 x 5 cm each\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCeramic\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFreshwater and saltwater\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRinsing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRinse under tap water before first use\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct code\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7083\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e freshwater and saltwater shrimp aquariums, nano and planted tanks, breeding setups where berried females need seclusion.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e tanks housing fish large or determined enough to hunt shrimp through an open-ended tube - the pipes offer refuge, not protection from a predator that can reach in.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSetting them up\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRinse under tap water before placing them in the aquarium, then arrange as desired. No cycling or curing is needed - biofilm and fine algae develop naturally on the ceramic surface over the following weeks as the tank matures.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/aquavitro-shrimp-small-hut\"\u003eAquavitro Shrimp Small Hut\u003c\/a\u003e - an enclosed hide to pair with the open-ended pipes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/aquavitro-shrimp-stacks-3-pcs\"\u003eAquavitro Shrimp Stacks\u003c\/a\u003e - a smaller companion pipe set for building a bigger interconnected refuge.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/aquavitro-shrimp-stars-5-pcs\"\u003eAquavitro Shrimp Stars\u003c\/a\u003e - interlocking pieces that combine with the pipes into a larger structure.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAquavitro does not publish a warranty term for its ceramic shrimp decor. Your rights under the Australian Consumer Law apply regardless. Ceramic pieces of this size ship as a standard parcel item.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDo I need to rinse the pipes before adding them to my tank?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Aquavitro's instructions are to rinse under tap water, then place the pipes in the aquarium as desired.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCan I use Shrimp Pipes in a saltwater or reef tank?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Aquavitro states the ceramic pipes may be used in fresh and saltwater with no concerns noted for either.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWill the pipes need cleaning once they're in the tank?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNot for the shrimp's sake - they're designed to grow biofilm and fine algae as a grazing surface, so a light coating is the product doing its job.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCan I combine these with other aquavitro shrimp decor?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The pipes are designed to interconnect with the rest of the aquavitro shrimp range, including the Stacks, Stars, and the Small and Tall Hut.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"AquaVitro","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54773853651235,"sku":"725166-7083","price":47.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/aquavitro-shrimp-pipes-5-pcs-956963.webp?v=1790230837"},{"product_id":"seachem-algae-pad-25-mm-thick-3-pack","title":"Seachem Algae Pad 25 mm Thick (3 pack)","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThick enough to grip, soft enough for acrylic.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Seachem Algae Pad is a 25 mm thick melamine foam pad that lifts film and spot algae off aquarium glass and acrylic without scratching either one. The foam works by micro-abrasion rather than by grit, so it is safe on soft acrylic and clean enough to use in a reef tank. Sold in packs of three.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNon-scratch on glass and acrylic\u003c\/strong\u003e — melamine foam cuts algae by micro-abrasion, so you are not choosing between clean glass and a scratched viewing panel.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e25 mm thick\u003c\/strong\u003e — enough foam between your hand and the glass to lean on it properly, and enough to keep knuckles clear of the pane.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eChemically inert, no soaps or detergents\u003c\/strong\u003e — nothing to rinse out and nothing to leach into the water.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLifts algae out of existing scratches\u003c\/strong\u003e — the foam conforms into a scratch rather than skating over it, which is where algae usually holds on in an older acrylic tank.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhite\u003c\/strong\u003e — the algae you have removed shows up against the pad, so you can see when a pad is spent.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThree per pack\u003c\/strong\u003e — melamine foam is consumed as it works, so pads are replaced rather than washed indefinitely.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePack quantity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 pads\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePad size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApproximately 114 x 64 mm (4.5 x 2.5 inches)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eThickness\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMelamine foam, micro-abrasive\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSafe on\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAquarium glass and acrylic\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetergents or soaps\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNone — chemically inert\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColour\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWhite\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFreshwater and marine\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eManufacturer part number\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3203\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAcrylic aquariums, where a bladed scraper is a risk\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGlass tanks with film algae, diatoms and early green spot\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReef and marine systems, since nothing leaches out of the foam\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCleaning algae out of scratches in older acrylic panels\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWiping down sump baffles, overflow boxes and equipment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHard, mature green spot algae welded to glass — that wants a blade, not foam. Use the metal blade on the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/seachem-algae-scraper\"\u003eSeachem Algae Scraper\u003c\/a\u003e, on glass only.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCoralline algae on glass, which generally needs a blade or a dedicated scraper\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReuse after cleaning anything outside the aquarium — keep these pads for tank duty only\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCare and use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWet the pad and work in overlapping passes rather than scrubbing one spot hard. Melamine foam does the cutting; pressure mostly just wears the pad out faster.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRinse in tank water or plain tap water. Never wash it with detergent, and never use a pad that has been near soap.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep pads for the aquarium only. Household melamine sponges from the supermarket look identical but may carry cleaning agents.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe foam breaks down as it works and sheds fine white particles. That is normal and inert; retire a pad once it has worn thin.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWork top down so dislodged algae falls where the siphon can collect it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/seachem-algae-scraper\"\u003eSeachem Algae Scraper\u003c\/a\u003e — the long-handled tool for deep tanks and for the hard algae foam will not shift.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/seachem-duo-algae-pad-25-mm-thick-1-pack\"\u003eSeachem Duo Algae Pad 25 mm\u003c\/a\u003e — the two-sided version, if you want a coarser face for glass and a gentle face for acrylic on one pad.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/seachem-algae-scraper-replacement-pads-3-pack\"\u003eSeachem Algae Scraper Replacement Pads\u003c\/a\u003e — the pads shaped to fit the scraper head, which these hand pads do not.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/seachem-phosguard\"\u003eSeachem PhosGuard\u003c\/a\u003e — if you are scrubbing every week, phosphate control treats the cause rather than the symptom.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and Australian notes\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA consumable cleaning item, sold in a pack of three. Faults and misdescription are covered by the consumer guarantees under Australian Consumer Law, which apply in addition to anything the manufacturer offers. Normal wear of the foam in use is not a fault.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWill the Seachem Algae Pad scratch an acrylic aquarium?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. It is melamine foam and works by micro-abrasion rather than grit, which is why Seachem rates it as non-scratch for both glass and acrylic. The usual cause of scratched acrylic is a grain of sand picked up off the substrate, so rinse the pad if you have been working near the gravel line.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat does the 25 mm refer to?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe thickness of the pad. At 25 mm there is enough foam to grip and press through without your knuckles reaching the glass, which makes it easier to use than a thin pad on a long session.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCan I use it in a saltwater or reef tank?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The foam is chemically inert and contains no soaps or detergents, so there is nothing to leach into the water.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHow long does one pad last?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMelamine foam is consumed as it cleans, so a pad wears thin rather than wearing out mechanically. How fast depends on how rough your algae is and how hard you press. Retire a pad once it is too thin to grip.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eAre these the same as the pads for the Seachem Algae Scraper?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. These are hand pads at roughly 114 x 64 mm. The scraper takes its own cartridge-mounted pads, which are sold separately as Algae Scraper Replacement Pads.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Seachem","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54773853684003,"sku":"725160-3203","price":19.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/seachem-algae-pad-25-mm-thick-3-pack-657059.webp?v=1790230840"},{"product_id":"aquavitro-shrimp-small-hut","title":"Aquavitro Shrimp Small Hut","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA dark, perforated hideaway for a shrimp that needs to disappear.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Aquavitro Shrimp Small Hut is a 5.75 x 3.3 x 5 cm perforated ceramic hide from Seachem's aquavitro shrimp care range. Shrimp seek out dark, enclosed spots to lower stress and avoid predation, especially straight after moulting, when the new shell is soft, and while carrying eggs. The perforations let water and shrimp move freely while keeping the inside shaded.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e5.75 x 3.3 x 5 cm low-profile hide\u003c\/strong\u003e - sits comfortably in the foreground of a nano or planted tank.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePerforated ceramic walls\u003c\/strong\u003e - water flows through so the interior doesn't stagnate, while shrimp stay hidden from view.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShelters shrimp during moulting\u003c\/strong\u003e - cover for the period when a soft new shell leaves them exposed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeclusion for berried females\u003c\/strong\u003e - a retreat for shrimp carrying eggs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDoubles as a grazing surface\u003c\/strong\u003e - the ceramic grows biofilm and fine algae as it establishes, a food source in its own right.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFresh and saltwater safe\u003c\/strong\u003e - aquavitro states there are no concerns using it in saltwater.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5.75 x 3.3 x 5 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCeramic, perforated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFreshwater and saltwater\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRinsing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRinse under tap water before first use\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct code\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7076\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e freshwater and saltwater shrimp aquariums, nano tanks, breeding setups, foreground placement in a planted scape.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e tanks with fish able to reach through the perforations - the openings that let shrimp and water pass also let a slim-bodied predator try its luck.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSetting it up\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRinse under tap water, then place wherever suits the layout. No cycling or curing is required - biofilm and fine algae develop on the ceramic naturally as the tank matures.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/aquavitro-shrimp-tall-hut\"\u003eAquavitro Shrimp Tall Hut\u003c\/a\u003e - the upright companion piece, for a taller hide elsewhere in the tank.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/aquavitro-shrimp-pipes-5-pcs\"\u003eAquavitro Shrimp Pipes\u003c\/a\u003e - open-ended tubes to pair with the enclosed hut.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/aquavitro-shrimp-stars-5-pcs\"\u003eAquavitro Shrimp Stars\u003c\/a\u003e - interlocking pieces to build out a larger refuge around the hut.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAquavitro does not publish a warranty term for its ceramic shrimp decor. Your rights under the Australian Consumer Law apply regardless. Ships as a standard parcel item.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDo I need to rinse the hut before adding it to my tank?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Aquavitro's instructions are to rinse under tap water, then place the hut in the aquarium as desired.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eIs it safe for a saltwater or reef tank?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Aquavitro states there should be no concerns using the Small Hut in saltwater.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat's the difference between the Small Hut and the Tall Hut?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBoth are perforated ceramic hides. The Small Hut is a low-profile 5.75 x 3.3 x 5 cm shape suited to foreground placement; the Tall Hut is an upright 3.8 x 4 x 9 cm tower that tucks between plants and hardscape.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWill it affect my water parameters?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAquavitro doesn't publish a water-chemistry effect for the ceramic hide - it's decor, not a treatment, and no dosing or buffering claim is made for it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"AquaVitro","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54773853716771,"sku":"725161-7076","price":22.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/aquavitro-shrimp-small-hut-022499.webp?v=1790230836"},{"product_id":"seachem-duo-algae-pad-25-mm-thick-1-pack","title":"Seachem Duo Algae Pad 25 mm Thick (1 pack)","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOne pad, two ways to keep glass and acrylic spotless.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Seachem Duo Algae Pad pairs a micro-abrasive melamine foam face with a durable scrubbing face on a single 25 mm thick pad, lifting algae film from viewing panes then tackling rockwork, driftwood and old scratches without soap or detergent.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDual-sided design\u003c\/strong\u003e — melamine foam face for algae film on glass and acrylic, plus a durable scrubbing face for rockwork and driftwood.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e25 mm thick pad\u003c\/strong\u003e — more material to work with before it wears through.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNo soap or detergent needed\u003c\/strong\u003e — cleans by mechanical action alone.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLifts algae out of scratches\u003c\/strong\u003e — melamine foam reaches into fine scratches where algae hides.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSafe for glass and acrylic\u003c\/strong\u003e — Seachem markets it as suitable for both surface types.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhite pad body\u003c\/strong\u003e — makes algae build-up easy to see as you work.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThickness\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFootprint (L x W)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApprox. 115 mm x 64 mm (converted from Seachem's 4.5 in x 2.5 in)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstruction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMelamine foam face (micro-abrasive) plus a scrubbing face on the reverse\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSurface guidance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSafe for glass and acrylic, per Seachem\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdditives\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNone — no soaps or detergents\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePack quantity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 pad per pack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManufacturer code\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeachem 3201, barcode 000116032018\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for \/ not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAquarium glass\u003c\/strong\u003e — yes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAcrylic aquariums\u003c\/strong\u003e — yes, per Seachem.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRocks, driftwood and ornaments\u003c\/strong\u003e — yes, with the scrubbing face.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCare and maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNo soap or detergent required\u003c\/strong\u003e — the pad cleans by mechanical action alone.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMatch the face to the surface\u003c\/strong\u003e — melamine for glass and acrylic, scrubbing face for rocks and driftwood, since melamine wears fastest on rough surfaces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReplace once worn\u003c\/strong\u003e — fit a fresh pad once the melamine face has thinned.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty, support and Australian notes\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis item is covered by the consumer guarantees under Australian Consumer Law, alongside any manufacturer warranty. If it arrives faulty or not as described, contact Nick's Aquarium Oceanarium Terrarium for a remedy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat does each side of the pad do?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne face is melamine foam for lifting algae film off glass and acrylic; the other is a durable scrubbing face for rocks, driftwood and rough grooves.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eIs this pad safe for an acrylic aquarium?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, Seachem states the Duo Algae Pad is safe for both glass and acrylic.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDo I need soap or a cleaning product with it?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo, the pad removes algae without soaps or detergents.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHow many pads come in this pack?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis listing is for a single 25 mm pad, one pad per pack.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Seachem","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54773853782307,"sku":"725159-3201","price":16.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/seachem-duo-algae-pad-25-mm-thick-1-pack-689827.webp?v=1790230840"},{"product_id":"seachem-multitest-phosphate-75-tests","title":"Seachem MultiTest: Phosphate 75 Tests","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTracks the nutrient that feeds nuisance algae before it becomes a bloom.\u003c\/strong\u003e Seachem MultiTest Phosphate measures inorganic phosphate down to less than 0.05 mg\/L across a 0–3.0 mg\/L range, in both marine and freshwater aquariums, with colour-chart steps as fine as 0.001–0.1 mg\/L. Results read on a distinctive yellow-green-blue colour scale rather than the pink or blue scales used for most other parameters, which makes it harder to misread against another chart by mistake.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy test phosphate\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNatural seawater runs from under 0.01 up to about 0.3 mg\/L phosphate — reef tanks generally do best kept at 0.2 mg\/L or below for coral health.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePhosphate itself is non-toxic to fish and most invertebrates, but keeping it under roughly 1 mg\/L helps limit nuisance algae growth.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFreshwater tanks often run higher than the kit's 3.0 mg\/L range — dilute the sample with distilled or RO water and multiply the result to read a high concentration accurately.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOver 75 tests per kit\u003c\/strong\u003e — around 82c per test at full retail price.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRange 0–3.0 mg\/L\u003c\/strong\u003e, detecting changes as fine as 0.001–0.1 mg\/L on the colour chart.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSix-cavity opaque white test plate\u003c\/strong\u003e — run and compare up to six samples at once.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSliding colour chart with a 5 cm viewing window\u003c\/strong\u003e for a cleaner colour match.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReference sample included\u003c\/strong\u003e to validate the kit whenever a result looks off.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFreshwater and marine\u003c\/strong\u003e — one kit for the whole store's tank types.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpec\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTests per kit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e75+\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRange\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0–3.0 mg\/L phosphate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetection limit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLess than 0.05 mg\/L; chart steps of 0.001–0.1 mg\/L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFreshwater and marine\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCost per test\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e82c per test\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSKU \/ Barcode\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e725141-970 \/ 000116097000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePhosphate Reagents 1 and 2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePhosphate reference sample\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStir rod and sample pipette\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePhosphate colour chart\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMulti-cavity test plate and instructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDirections\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDose a sample with Phosphate Reagents 1 and 2 in order, stir, and read against the sliding colour chart within the stated development time. Freshwater samples reading off the top of the scale should be diluted with distilled or RO water — halve with an equal volume of distilled water and double the result, for example — rather than treated as unreadable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e reef, FOWLR, planted and community freshwater tanks tracking algae-feeding nutrients.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e reading freshwater phosphate accurately without dilution when levels run high, which is common in heavily-stocked or heavily-fed freshwater tanks — dilute first rather than assuming the kit is wrong.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSafety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep away from children. Reagent 2 contains sulfuric and molybdic acids and is corrosive — protect work surfaces, avoid skin and eye contact, and rinse any contact thoroughly with water.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/seachem-multitest-ammonia-75-tests\"\u003eSeachem MultiTest Ammonia\u003c\/a\u003e — phosphate and ammonia together cover the two most common causes of algae and livestock stress.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA phosphate-removing media or reactor, for tanks where results consistently read high and a media-based export is wanted alongside water changes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShips as a standard parcel. Store reagents away from direct sunlight and extreme heat. Covered by the consumer guarantees under Australian Consumer Law in addition to Seachem's own guarantee.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhy is my freshwater phosphate reading off the chart?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFreshwater tanks frequently run higher phosphate than marine tanks and can exceed this kit's 0–3.0 mg\/L range. Dilute the sample with distilled or RO water in a known ratio and multiply the result back up, rather than assuming the test has failed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat phosphate level should I be aiming for in a reef tank?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSeachem's guidance is to keep reef systems at or below about 0.2 mg\/L for coral health, with natural seawater typically under 0.3 mg\/L.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eIs phosphate actually harmful to my fish?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNot directly — phosphate is non-toxic to fish and most invertebrates at aquarium concentrations. The problem is indirect: elevated phosphate feeds nuisance algae, which affects the tank's appearance and can compete with corals and plants.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHow many tests will I get from one kit?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOver 75, at roughly 82c per test — enough for regular weekly or fortnightly testing across a typical home aquarium for many months.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCan I use the same kit for freshwater and marine tanks?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the kit is rated for both — just remember freshwater samples may need diluting to fall inside the readable range.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Seachem","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54773854994723,"sku":"725141-970","price":61.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/seachem-multitest-phosphate-75-tests-722595.webp?v=1790230840"},{"product_id":"seachem-multitest-ammonia-75-tests","title":"Seachem MultiTest: Ammonia 75 Tests","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe only ammonia test that still reads correctly while you're dosing Prime.\u003c\/strong\u003e Seachem MultiTest Ammonia measures both total ammonia (NH3 + NH4+) and toxic free ammonia (NH3) down to less than 0.05 mg\/L, in freshwater and marine aquariums. It uses Seachem's gas-exchange sensor technology — the same sensor used in Seachem Ammonia Alert — so unlike salicylate or Nessler-based kits, it isn't fooled by ammonia-binding conditioners such as Prime, Safe or AmGuard, which can break down and give false readings in conventional tests at high pH.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy free ammonia matters\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFree ammonia (NH3) is the form that harms fish gills; ionised ammonium (NH4+) is essentially non-toxic at normal pH. Most test kits only report total ammonia and can't tell the two apart. This kit separates them, so a reading tells you whether you're looking at a real emergency or a chemically-bound reading that isn't actually dangerous.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOver 75 tests per kit\u003c\/strong\u003e — works out to about 82c per test at full retail price.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReads both total and free ammonia\u003c\/strong\u003e to below 0.05 mg\/L, with minimal interference from common conditioners.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSix-cavity opaque white test plate\u003c\/strong\u003e — run and compare up to six samples side by side.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSliding colour chart with a 5 cm viewing window\u003c\/strong\u003e for a clearer colour match than a printed card held up to the light.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReference sample included\u003c\/strong\u003e — check the kit itself is reading correctly whenever you doubt a result.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFreshwater and marine\u003c\/strong\u003e — one kit works across the whole store's tank types.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpec\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTests per kit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e75+\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMeasures\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTotal ammonia (NH3 + NH4+) and free ammonia (NH3)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetection limit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLess than 0.05 mg\/L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFreshwater and marine\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCost per test\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e82c per test\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSKU \/ Barcode\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e725140-950 \/ 000116095006\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTotal Ammonia Reagent 1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSensor container (6 sensors)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTotal ammonia reference sample\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eForceps and sample pipette\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAmmonia colour chart\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMulti-cavity test plate and instructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDirections\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAdd a sensor to a sample well, dose with Total Ammonia Reagent 1, and read total ammonia against the sliding colour chart. Free ammonia is read from the same sensor technology used in Seachem's dedicated Ammonia Alert monitor. Run the included reference sample alongside your tank sample any time a result looks unexpected, to confirm the kit itself is reading correctly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e freshwater and marine tanks, including tanks currently dosed with Prime, Safe, AmGuard or similar ammonia-binding conditioners.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e pinpointing ammonia source or location — a positive reading tells you a problem exists, not whether it's from overfeeding, an under-cycled filter or a bioload increase. Pair it with regular nitrite and nitrate testing for the full picture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSafety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep away from children. The reagent contains a strong alkali and the sensor storage gel a strong acid — rinse any skin or eye contact thoroughly with water and seek medical advice if irritation persists.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/seachem-ammonia-alert-1-year\"\u003eSeachem Ammonia Alert\u003c\/a\u003e — the same sensor technology as an always-on in-tank monitor, for continuous ammonia awareness between test kit readings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/seachem-multitest-phosphate-75-tests\"\u003eSeachem MultiTest Phosphate\u003c\/a\u003e and a nitrite\/nitrate kit — for the full water-quality picture rather than ammonia in isolation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/seachem-prime-bonus-rhino-30-bonus-325-ml\"\u003eSeachem Prime\u003c\/a\u003e — detoxifies ammonia while you address the cause; this kit is one of the few that reads accurately while Prime is in the water.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShips as a standard parcel. Reagents are chemical products — store away from direct sunlight and extreme heat, and check use-by information on the pack. Covered by the consumer guarantees under Australian Consumer Law in addition to Seachem's own guarantee.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWill this kit give a false reading if I'm dosing Prime?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo — that's the specific problem it's built to avoid. Seachem's gas-exchange sensor technology reads free ammonia accurately even when ammonia-binding conditioners like Prime, Safe or AmGuard are present, unlike older salicylate or Nessler-based kits.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat's the difference between total and free ammonia?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTotal ammonia is NH3 plus NH4+ combined. Free ammonia (NH3 alone) is the toxic form that actually harms fish — ammonium (NH4+) is essentially harmless at normal pH. This kit reports both, so you can tell a genuine emergency from a bound, low-risk reading.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHow many tests will 75 tests actually last?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAt roughly 82c per test, a kit covers 75+ individual readings — enough for weekly testing across a couple of tanks for the better part of a year, more if you're only testing one system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes the kit work in a marine or reef tank?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — it's rated for both freshwater and marine use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat does the reference sample do?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt's a known-value sample you can test alongside your tank water to confirm the kit itself is reading correctly, which is useful whenever a result looks surprisingly high or low.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Seachem","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54773855027491,"sku":"725140-950","price":61.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/seachem-multitest-ammonia-75-tests-755363.webp?v=1790230839"},{"product_id":"aquavitro-intake-screen-17mm-10cm-long","title":"Aquavitro Intake Screen 17mm (10cm Long)","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKeeps shrimp and fry out of the filter without choking the flow.\u003c\/strong\u003e The aquavitro Intake Screen is a surgical-grade stainless steel mesh guard that slips over a 17 mm filter intake pipe, sized to stop dwarf shrimp, fry and small fish being pulled in while still passing a full flow of water.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFits 17 mm intake pipes\u003c\/strong\u003e - made for the aquavitro intake pipe, and fits any filter intake of the same diameter.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e10.5 cm long, 3 cm wide mesh\u003c\/strong\u003e - a large surface area keeps flow close to unrestricted compared with a tight strainer basket.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSurgical-grade stainless steel\u003c\/strong\u003e - won't rust over years of submersion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSlips over the existing strainer\u003c\/strong\u003e - no cutting or gluing, and it comes off just as easily for cleaning.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFits pipe diameter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e17 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eScreen dimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApprox. 10.5 cm long x 3 cm wide\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSurgical-grade stainless steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFreshwater\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e725101-7678\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit my filter?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt fits any intake pipe measuring 17 mm outside diameter, not just the aquavitro-branded pipe it was designed alongside. Measure the pipe before ordering - a 13 mm version is also made for smaller pipes, though we don't currently stock that size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e freshwater shrimp tanks, fry-raising and breeding setups, and any community tank where small fish are getting drawn towards the filter intake.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e pipes other than 17 mm - it won't grip or seal properly on the wrong diameter. The manufacturer lists this screen for freshwater use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCare and maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSlide it off at filter service time and brush or rinse off any build-up. A screen left to clog gradually chokes flow long before it looks obviously dirty, so check it whenever you service the filter rather than waiting for a visible flow drop.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/aquavitro-shrimp-tube\"\u003eAquavitro Shrimp Tube\u003c\/a\u003e - a hide for the shrimp and fry this screen is protecting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/aquavitro-shrimp-dome\"\u003eAquavitro Shrimp Dome\u003c\/a\u003e - another low, easy-to-clean hide for a shrimp or fry tank.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSeachem does not publish a separate warranty term for aquavitro accessories. Your rights under the Australian Consumer Law apply regardless. Standard freight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWill this fit my canister filter's intake pipe?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt fits any intake pipe of 17 mm outside diameter, whether it's the aquavitro-branded pipe or another filter's. Measure your pipe first, since the screen won't seat properly on the wrong size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCan I use it in a marine or reef tank?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe manufacturer lists this screen for freshwater use. We haven't found a published marine rating for it, so if you're after intake protection for a reef sump, check with us before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWill it stop flow dropping over time?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt won't stop debris building up, but the mesh area is large enough that a light coating barely affects flow. Check it at every filter service so build-up doesn't get ahead of you.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes it come with the intake pipe?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. This is the screen only, sized to fit a 17 mm pipe you already have, whether that's the aquavitro intake pipe or another filter's own pipework.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"AquaVitro","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54773856502051,"sku":"725101-7678","price":41.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/aquavitro-intake-screen-17mm-10cm-long-233699.webp?v=1790225844"},{"product_id":"seachem-axolotl-conditioner-250ml","title":"Seachem Axolotl Conditioner 250ml","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTap water made safe for the most ammonia-sensitive animal in the room.\u003c\/strong\u003e Seachem Axolotl Conditioner is a concentrated water conditioner formulated for axolotl tanks. It removes chlorine and chloramine from tap water and detoxifies ammonia, nitrite and nitrate. One 5 mL capful treats 160 litres, so a 250 mL bottle covers roughly 8,000 litres of water changes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRemoves chlorine and chloramine\u003c\/strong\u003e — both are used in Australian mains supplies, and chloramine does not gas off if you leave a bucket standing overnight\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDetoxifies ammonia\u003c\/strong\u003e — converts it to a form that will not burn gills but is still available to the bacteria in your filter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDetoxifies nitrite and nitrate\u003c\/strong\u003e — which is why it earns its place during a cycle, when the spikes do the damage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBinds heavy metals\u003c\/strong\u003e at the concentrations found in typical tap water\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNon-acidic\u003c\/strong\u003e — it will not pull your pH down, so it can be dosed without chasing the reading afterwards\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eConcentrated\u003c\/strong\u003e — 5 mL per 160 L means a 250 mL bottle outlasts a year of water changes on most axolotl tanks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUnder 1c per litre\u003c\/strong\u003e — worked from the standard dose across the full bottle, this is the cheapest way to treat water for axolotls, size for size\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWater conditioner and ammonia detoxifier\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSize\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e250 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eStandard dose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 mL (1 capful) per 160 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBottle treats\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApproximately 8,000 L at the standard dose\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCost per litre\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUnder 1c, worked from the standard dose across the bottle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRemoves\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eChlorine, chloramine\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetoxifies\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAmmonia, nitrite, nitrate, heavy metals\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eEffect on pH\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNone — non-acidic\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFreshwater, including coldwater axolotl tanks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDosage and directions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eOne capful is 5 mL. Each thread on the cap holds roughly 1 mL, which is how you measure a dose for a tub or a hospital container.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater volume\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eStandard dose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.25 mL (about one cap thread)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e80 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.5 mL (half a capful)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e160 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 mL (1 capful)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e320 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 mL (2 capfuls)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch4\u003eHow far a dose goes\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSituation\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat it achieves\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRoutine water change on chlorinated mains\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStandard — 5 mL per 160 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRemoves chlorine and chloramine, detoxifies the ammonia chloramine releases\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeavily chloraminated supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDouble\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCovers the extra ammonia load; a double dose is safe\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNitrite spike during cycling\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to five times\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDetoxifies nitrite while the biofilter catches up\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003eAdd it to the new water in a bucket first, or dose for the full tank volume if you are adding it straight to the tank. Detoxification is temporary — it buys the biofilter time rather than replacing one.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA sulfur-like smell when you open the bottle is normal for this chemistry. It is not a sign the product has spoiled.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e axolotl tanks and grow-out tubs · any freshwater aquarium on chlorinated or chloraminated mains water · new tanks during cycling · emergency ammonia and nitrite control.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e marine aquariums · use as a substitute for a cycled biofilter · masking an ammonia source you have not found · use as a pH adjuster, since it deliberately does not move pH.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eAmmonia test kits can read differently for a period after any ammonia-binding conditioner is dosed. Test before you dose, or use a kit that separates free ammonia from total ammonia.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare and storage\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReplace the cap firmly — the dosing threads are the measure, and a crusted cap is hard to read\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStore out of direct sunlight, at room temperature, out of reach of children\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShake before use if the bottle has been standing for a long period\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/seachem-axolotl-buffer-250ml\"\u003eSeachem Axolotl Buffer\u003c\/a\u003e — holds pH steady, which is the one thing this conditioner is designed not to do\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/seachem-stability\"\u003eSeachem Stability\u003c\/a\u003e — the bacterial culture that does permanently what this product only does temporarily\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/seachem-multitest-ammonia-75-tests\"\u003eSeachem MultiTest: Ammonia\u003c\/a\u003e — tells you whether you still need the emergency dose\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/seachem-ammonia-alert-1-year\"\u003eSeachem Ammonia Alert\u003c\/a\u003e — an in-tank badge that changes colour on free ammonia between tests\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis product carries the consumer guarantees under the Australian Consumer Law, which cannot be excluded. If a bottle arrives damaged or does not perform as it should, contact us.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eShips as a standard parcel. No dangerous goods restrictions apply at this pack size.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eHow much Axolotl Conditioner do I use per litre?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe standard dose is 5 mL — one capful — per 160 litres, which works out at roughly 1 mL per 32 litres. Each thread on the cap holds about 1 mL for smaller volumes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I use it in a tank that already has axolotls in it?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Dose for the full volume of the tank when adding it directly, or treat the replacement water in a bucket before it goes in.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDoes it remove ammonia permanently?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It converts ammonia to a form that is not toxic to the animal but is still available to the beneficial bacteria in the filter. The effect is temporary, so it supports a cycling tank rather than replacing a biofilter.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhy does the bottle smell like sulphur?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eA sulfur-like odour is normal for this chemistry and does not mean the bottle has gone off.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWill it change my pH?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It is non-acidic and does not shift pH. If you need to hold pH steady for axolotls, use a dedicated buffer alongside it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I use it on a tropical freshwater tank?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. It is a freshwater conditioner and can be used on any freshwater aquarium at the stated dose.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Seachem","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54773856731427,"sku":"725095-8136","price":41.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/seachem-axolotl-conditioner-250ml-788131.webp?v=1790230837"},{"product_id":"seachem-axolotl-buffer-250ml","title":"Seachem Axolotl Buffer 250ml","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe one pH window axolotls actually want, held there.\u003c\/strong\u003e Seachem Axolotl Buffer takes tank pH to 7.4–7.6 from above or below and buffers it against the drift that happens between water changes. It also softens hard water by precipitating calcium and magnesium out of solution. The dose is one capful — 5 mL — per 10 L, twice a week. A 250 mL bottle holds 50 capfuls, enough to dose 500 litres once over.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy a buffer rather than a pH-adjusting product\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eAxolotls are cold-water amphibians with permeable skin and external gills. They are sensitive to moving water chemistry in a way a hardy tropical fish is not, and axolotl tanks are typically kept cool and lightly filtered — exactly the combination in which pH wanders.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA one-way pH product corrects the reading. A buffer solves the drift. Seachem formulates this one to sit at 7.4–7.6 and stay there, so the tank stops moving between water changes instead of being pulled back after every one.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt also works from either side. A tank sitting at 7.9 comes down, a tank at 7.0 comes up, and both land in the same window.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTargets 7.4–7.6 from either direction\u003c\/strong\u003e — raises a low pH and pulls down a high one, rather than only pushing one way\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBuffers against drift\u003c\/strong\u003e — holds the figure between water changes instead of correcting after the fact\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoftens hard water\u003c\/strong\u003e — precipitates calcium and magnesium out of solution, which lowers general hardness rather than masking it\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePhosphate buffer system\u003c\/strong\u003e — a firmer grip on pH than carbonate buffering gives, with the phosphate trade-off spelled out below\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDosed straight into the tank\u003c\/strong\u003e — no mixing station, no waiting period, no separate container\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e6c per litre treated\u003c\/strong\u003e — worked from the 5 mL per 10 L dose across the full 250 mL bottle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eType\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePhosphate-buffered pH buffer and water softener\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTarget pH\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7.4 – 7.6\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eApproaches target from\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbove or below\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eEffect on hardness\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSoftens — precipitates calcium and magnesium\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eStandard dose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 capful (5 mL) per 10 L, twice a week\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eVery hard water\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDouble or triple dose\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDoses per bottle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 capfuls\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater treated per bottle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e500 L, dosed once\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCost per litre\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6c, worked from the 5 mL per 10 L dose across the bottle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDechlorinates\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo — treat replacement water separately\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFreshwater, coldwater\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSize\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e250 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eForm\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLiquid\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDosage and directions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eWorked from Seachem's 5 mL per 10 L, twice-weekly rate. This is dosed more often than most buffers, so the bottle moves faster than 250 mL suggests — worth knowing before you size your order.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTank volume\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDose, twice weekly\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e250 mL bottle lasts about\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 mL (2 capfuls)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20 mL (4 capfuls)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e75 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e37.5 mL (7½ capfuls)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e120 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60 mL (12 capfuls)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMay be added directly to the aquarium at any time\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTwice a week, or as often as needed to hold pH between 7.4 and 7.6\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVery hard water may need a double or triple dose to get there\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTest before dosing rather than dosing to a calendar. Once the tank is holding, it may need less than twice weekly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eThe phosphate trade-off\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis is a phosphate-buffered product, and that is what gives it a firm grip on pH. The consequence is that phosphate goes into the water, so a phosphate test will read higher after dosing. That is the buffer, not a nutrient problem in the tank.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIn a bare or lightly planted axolotl tank this is usually a non-issue. In a tank already fighting algae, or one where you track phosphate to a target, it is worth knowing before the first dose rather than after.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e axolotl tanks · other cold-water amphibian setups wanting a stable, slightly alkaline pH · tanks whose pH slides between water changes · hard tap water that needs softening as well as buffering.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e marine and reef aquariums · planted tanks and tanks with an algae problem, because of the phosphate · soft acidic-water species such as discus and wild-caught tetras · use as a dechlorinator, which it does not do — that is \u003ca href=\"\/products\/seachem-axolotl-conditioner-250ml\"\u003eSeachem Axolotl Conditioner\u003c\/a\u003e's job · same-day pH correction, which is harder on an axolotl than a stable wrong figure.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare and storage\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep the cap on and store out of direct sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRinse the capful measure rather than leaving residue to dry in it\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExpect a haze in very hard water as calcium and magnesium precipitate out. It clears\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTest pH before dosing. Phosphate buffers hold firmly, so an overshoot takes a while to walk back\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/seachem-axolotl-conditioner-250ml\"\u003eSeachem Axolotl Conditioner\u003c\/a\u003e — removes chlorine and chloramine and detoxifies ammonia at water changes, none of which this buffer does\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/seachem-fresh-trace\"\u003eSeachem Fresh Trace\u003c\/a\u003e — restores trace elements that softening and water changes strip out; Seachem recommends it alongside this product\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/seachem-ph-alert-6-month\"\u003eSeachem pH Alert\u003c\/a\u003e — continuous pH in the tank, so you dose to a colour rather than to a calendar\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/seachem-ammonia-alert-1-year\"\u003eSeachem Ammonia Alert\u003c\/a\u003e — axolotl tanks run cool and lightly filtered, and ammonia is what catches people out\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/seachem-ph-alkalinity-kit-75-tests\"\u003eSeachem pH \u0026amp; Alkalinity Kit\u003c\/a\u003e — for when you want a number rather than a band\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/seachem\"\u003eThe full Seachem range\u003c\/a\u003e — water care, media and test kits\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSold with the manufacturer's shelf life; no separate warranty term is published for a liquid buffer. Your rights under the Australian Consumer Law apply regardless and cannot be excluded. A safety data sheet is published by Seachem at sds.seachem.com. Ships as a standard parcel.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhat pH should an axolotl tank sit at?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eSeachem formulates this buffer to 7.4–7.6, and that is the window it holds. It reaches that figure from a higher or a lower starting point.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eHow much Axolotl Buffer do I use?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eOne capful — 5 mL — for every 10 litres, twice a week. Very hard water may need double or triple that. A 250 mL bottle is 50 capfuls.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eHow long does a 250 mL bottle last?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eOn a 40 litre axolotl tank dosed twice weekly, about six weeks. On a 20 litre tank, about twelve. It is dosed more often than most buffers, so plan for that.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDoes it remove chlorine or ammonia?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It is a pH and hardness product only. Axolotl Conditioner is the one that handles chlorine, chloramine and ammonia at water changes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWill it raise my phosphate reading?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. It uses phosphate buffers, so a phosphate test reads higher after dosing. In a bare axolotl tank that rarely matters; in a planted tank with algae it does.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I add it with the axolotl still in the tank?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Seachem states it may be added directly to the aquarium at any time. Dosing into the flow rather than straight onto the animal is still the sensible way to do it.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Seachem","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54773856764195,"sku":"725094-8146","price":31.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/seachem-axolotl-buffer-250ml-820899.webp?v=1790230837"},{"product_id":"aquavitro-coral-cutter-18cm","title":"Aquavitro Coral Cutter 18cm","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eClean cuts heal faster than snapped ones.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Aquavitro Coral Cutter is an 18 cm surgical-grade stainless steel fragging tool from Seachem's aquavitro line, built for cutting stony coral branches and trimming colonies to keep spacing, shape and growth under control in a reef tank. A clean shear through a branch leaves less crushed tissue at the cut than snapping it by hand, which matters for how quickly both the frag and the parent colony recover.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSurgical-grade stainless steel\u003c\/strong\u003e - built to stay sharp and corrosion-free in saltwater use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e18 cm (7.25\") straight-jaw cutter\u003c\/strong\u003e - long enough to reach into a display tank without submerging your hand up to the wrist.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClean, controlled cuts\u003c\/strong\u003e - a sheared branch heals and frags more reliably than one snapped or broken off by hand.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFresh and marine use\u003c\/strong\u003e - the same tool works for trimming freshwater stem plants as well as coral.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e725093-7691\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBarcode\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e000116769105\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLength\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e18 cm (7.25\"), per Seachem's own spec sheet 18.5 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eJaw type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStraight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSurgical-grade stainless steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFreshwater and marine\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eManufacturer product code\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7691\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich coral cutter do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTool\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eJaw\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBest for\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAquavitro Coral Cutter (this product), 18 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStraight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirect, in-line cuts on an accessible branch\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/aquavitro-crescent-coral-cutter-19cm\"\u003eAquavitro Crescent Coral Cutter\u003c\/a\u003e, 19 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCurved\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReaching around branches or into tight spots inside a colony\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e fragging stony corals for trade or propagation, trimming fast-growing colonies that are crowding their neighbours, and cutting stem plants in freshwater setups.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e cutting through thick, calcified coral base or rock - it's built for branch and tissue cuts, not as a rock saw, and forcing it through solid skeleton risks the jaws going out of alignment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCare and maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRinse in fresh water and dry the blades after every use - salt left to dry on the jaws is what shortens the working life of any stainless steel aquarium tool, cutters included. There are no replaceable parts; a cutter that has gone out of alignment or lost its edge is replaced rather than serviced.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSafety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe jaws are sharp enough to cut coral skeleton and will cut skin just as easily - keep it closed and stored away from children when not in use, and handle it the same way you would any bladed tool.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/aquavitro-crescent-coral-cutter-19cm\"\u003eAquavitro Crescent Coral Cutter 19cm\u003c\/a\u003e - the curved-jaw companion for angles this straight cutter can't reach.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/aquavitro-bond\"\u003eAquavitro Bond\u003c\/a\u003e - to mount the frag you've just taken.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSeachem's published documentation does not state a specific warranty term for this tool. Your rights under the Australian Consumer Law apply regardless, including remedy for a tool that fails or arrives faulty. It ships as a standard small item, no special freight handling required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eIs this the same as the Crescent Coral Cutter?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. This is the straight-jaw 18 cm version, for direct cuts on an accessible branch. The \u003ca href=\"\/products\/aquavitro-crescent-coral-cutter-19cm\"\u003eCrescent Coral Cutter\u003c\/a\u003e has curved 19 cm jaws for reaching around branches or into a crowded colony.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCan I use this on rock, not just coral?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt's built for coral branches and plant stems, not as a rock-cutting tool. Forcing it through solid calcified base risks misaligning the jaws.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWill it rust in saltwater?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt's surgical-grade stainless steel, built for saltwater service, but any stainless tool lasts longer if it's rinsed in fresh water and dried after use rather than left wet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes it work in a freshwater planted tank too?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes - the same straight-jaw cutter suits trimming freshwater stem plants, not just marine coral.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"AquaVitro","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54773856829731,"sku":"725093-7691","price":131.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/aquavitro-coral-cutter-18cm-772643.webp?v=1790230708"},{"product_id":"aquavitro-crescent-coral-cutter-19cm","title":"Aquavitro Crescent Coral Cutter 19cm","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCurved jaws reach the cuts a straight blade can't.\u003c\/strong\u003e The aquavitro Crescent Coral Cutter is a 19 cm fragging tool with a crescent-shaped stainless steel jaw, built to take a frag from inside a colony or at an awkward angle without disturbing the branches around it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCrescent (curved) jaw\u003c\/strong\u003e - wraps around a branch instead of squeezing it head-on, so you can cut inside a colony without cutting through neighbouring branches first.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSurgical-grade stainless steel\u003c\/strong\u003e - won't corrode in a marine system and holds an edge through repeated use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e19 cm overall length\u003c\/strong\u003e - long enough to reach into a deep colony without your hand going in the water.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDoubles as a plug-removal tool\u003c\/strong\u003e - the same curved jaw levers frags off their original mounting plugs and plates.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eJaw shape\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCrescent (curved)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall length\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e19 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSurgical-grade stainless steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarine and freshwater\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e725092-7697\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich coral cutter do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eModel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eJaw\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLength\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBest for\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/aquavitro-crescent-coral-cutter-19cm\"\u003eCrescent Coral Cutter\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCurved\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e19 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFragging inside a colony or at an angle, where a straight blade can't get in cleanly\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/aquavitro-coral-cutter-18cm\"\u003eCoral Cutter\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStraight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e18 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA clean single cut across an exposed branch\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e fragging SPS and LPS coral, trimming fast-growing branches back from neighbours, and levering frags off plugs and plates. Safe to use in freshwater as well as marine systems.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e cutting through thick encrusting bases or rock - it is a coral-branch cutter, not a rock saw, and forcing it through solid rock will spring the jaw.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCare and maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRinse in fresh water and dry the jaws after every use. Coralline algae and salt creep left on the pivot will stiffen the action over time and dull the cutting edge faster than the cutting itself does.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/seachem-reef-glue-20g\"\u003eSeachem Reef Glue 20g\u003c\/a\u003e - to mount the frag you've just taken.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/aquavitro-coral-cutter-18cm\"\u003eAquavitro Coral Cutter 18cm\u003c\/a\u003e - the straight-jaw companion for a clean single cut.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSeachem does not publish a separate warranty term for aquavitro tools. Your rights under the Australian Consumer Law apply regardless, and are not limited by anything the manufacturer does or does not offer. Standard freight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat's the difference between the Crescent Coral Cutter and the straight Coral Cutter?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBoth are 18-19 cm surgical-grade stainless steel fragging tools from the same aquavitro line. The Crescent has a curved jaw that wraps around a branch, which is the one to reach for inside a colony or at an angle. The straight-jaw Coral Cutter is better for a clean cut straight across an exposed branch.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCan I use this in a freshwater tank?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The stainless steel construction is safe in both marine and freshwater systems, though it's built primarily for coral fragging.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWill it cut through a coral's rock base?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. It's designed for branches, not the encrusting or rock base of a colony. Use a dedicated saw or chisel for base material.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHow do I stop it rusting?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRinse and dry it after each use. Surgical-grade stainless resists corrosion well, but salt left to dry on the pivot will still cause it to stiffen and eventually pit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"AquaVitro","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54773856862499,"sku":"725092-7697","price":139.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/aquavitro-crescent-coral-cutter-19cm-969251.webp?v=1790230708"},{"product_id":"seachem-flourish-tabs","title":"Seachem Flourish Tabs","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePush one into the gravel and your root-feeding plants are fed for months.\u003c\/strong\u003e Seachem Flourish Tabs are slow-release fertiliser tablets for the substrate of a planted freshwater aquarium, delivering iron, calcium, magnesium, sulphur, manganese, nitrogen, potassium and B-vitamins directly to the root zone — with no phosphate or nitrate to feed algae. They suit heavy root-feeders such as swords, crypts and vallisneria, and anyone who'd rather set and forget than dose liquid fertiliser daily.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFeeds at the roots\u003c\/strong\u003e — nutrients release gradually through the enzymatic action of plant roots, reaching root-feeding species that don't take up much through their leaves.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNo phosphate or nitrate\u003c\/strong\u003e — feeds plants without the algae risk that comes with dosing those nutrients into the water column.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSet and forget\u003c\/strong\u003e — one tab lasts 3–4 months, so there's no daily or weekly dosing routine to remember.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBroad nutrition\u003c\/strong\u003e — nitrogen, potassium, calcium, magnesium, sulphur, iron, manganese and hydrolysed yeast (amino acids, vitamins) in one tab.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWon't disrupt pH\u003c\/strong\u003e in normal tap water — though in very soft, unbuffered water the tabs behave mildly acidic, similar to peat.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePack\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBarcode\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCoverage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 pack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e724873-505\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e000116050500\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTreats a 30 × 76 cm (12 × 30 in) plant bed, twice\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40 pack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e724874-507\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e000116050708\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFour times the tab count of the 10 pack — at one tab per 10–15 cm radius (about 6 tabs per 40 L tank), that's roughly enough for a 250–270 L planted tank between restocks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eGuaranteed analysis (per 1 g tab)\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNutrient\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eContent\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTotal nitrogen (N)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.4%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSoluble potash (K₂O)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.15%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCalcium (Ca)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.15%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMagnesium (Mg)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.1%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSulphur (S)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIron (Fe)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManganese (Mn)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.1%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003eDerived from potassium chloride, calcium sulphate, magnesium chloride, ferrous gluconate, magnesium sulphate, manganese sulphate and hydrolysed yeast.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDosage and directions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInsert one tab for every 10–15 cm radius of root-feeding plants, spaced evenly through the bed (a standard 40 L tank takes about 6 tabs).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePush each tab roughly halfway into the substrate.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReplace every 3–4 months for continued growth.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCan be combined with a liquid Flourish product to cover leaf-feeding as well as root-feeding plants.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for freshwater planted aquariums, especially root-feeding species — swords, crypts, vallisneria and similar.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNot a substitute for a liquid trace-element or macro-nutrient product for plants that feed mainly through their leaves.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIn very soft or unbuffered water, the tabs act mildly acidic, similar to peat — worth knowing if you're keeping species sensitive to pH swings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare and maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSet a reminder to replace tabs every 3–4 months. Avoid disturbing the substrate more than necessary when pushing new tabs in, particularly around established root systems.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/seachem-flourish-trace\"\u003eSeachem Flourish Trace\u003c\/a\u003e — covers trace elements for leaf-feeding growth alongside root-tab feeding.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/seachem-flourish-phosphorus\"\u003eSeachem Flourish Phosphorus\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/products\/seachem-flourish-potassium\"\u003eSeachem Flourish Potassium\u003c\/a\u003e — liquid dosing for plants that feed mainly through their leaves.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCovered by your rights under Australian Consumer Law in addition to any manufacturer guarantee. Ships Australia-wide from North Lakes, QLD.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWill these feed algae like liquid fertilisers can?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eThey're formulated without phosphate or nitrate specifically to avoid feeding algae, and because they release at the root zone rather than into the water column, less nutrient ends up available to algae in the water.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eHow many tabs does my tank need?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eOne tab per 10–15 cm radius of root-feeding plants — as a guide, a standard 40 L tank takes about 6 tabs.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWill they change my water's pH?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNot in normal tap water. In very soft, unbuffered water they behave mildly acidic, similar to peat.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDo I still need a liquid fertiliser?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eIf you keep leaf-feeding plants alongside root-feeders, yes — Flourish Tabs are a root-zone feed and don't replace a water-column trace-element or macro-nutrient product.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eHow long does one tab last?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eSeachem recommends replacing tabs every 3–4 months.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Seachem","offers":[{"title":"10 pack","offer_id":54773857812771,"sku":"724873-505","price":32.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"40 pack","offer_id":55335432519971,"sku":"724874-507","price":98.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/seachem-flourish-tabs-10135084663075-1-dq.webp?v=1790372898"},{"product_id":"seachem-sure-start-pack","title":"Seachem Sure Start Pack","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEverything a new tank needs in its first weeks — one box, three bottles.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Seachem SureStart Pack bundles 100 mL bottles of Prime, Stability and Pristine: the conditioner, the cycling bacteria and the clean-up crew. It's a straightforward way to start a freshwater or marine aquarium right, and a natural add-on with any new tank or filter.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat's in the pack\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePrime (100 mL)\u003c\/strong\u003e — water conditioner. Removes chlorine and chloramine from tap water and detoxifies ammonia, nitrite and nitrate while the biofilter matures. Dose 5 mL per 200 L with every water change.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStability (100 mL)\u003c\/strong\u003e — biofilter starter. A blend of aerobic, anaerobic and facultative bacteria that establishes the biofilter and helps prevent new tank syndrome. Dose 5 mL per 40 L on day one, then 5 mL per 80 L daily for 7 days.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePristine (100 mL)\u003c\/strong\u003e — bio-augmentation bacteria that break down uneaten food, waste, sludge and detritus, keeping a new tank clean and clear as it matures. Dose 5 mL per 40 L initially, then 5 mL per 80 L when adding fish or after cleaning or medicating.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat's included \/ what you'll still need\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe pack includes the three 100 mL bottles above, each with its own dosing cap. It does not include a test kit, a bucket or jug for water changes, or a dosing syringe — a standard aquarium test kit is worth adding separately to confirm the tank has finished cycling.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy these three together\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003ePrime protects fish from toxins right now; Stability builds the bacteria colony that handles waste long-term; Pristine cleans up the organics in between. All three are safe for freshwater and saltwater, fish, plants and invertebrates, and are designed to be dosed together during setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eContents\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePrime 100 mL, Stability 100 mL, Pristine 100 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuitability\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFreshwater and saltwater\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePrime dose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 mL per 200 L with each water change\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eStability dose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 mL per 40 L day one, then 5 mL per 80 L daily for 7 days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePristine dose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 mL per 40 L initially, then 5 mL per 80 L as needed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBrand\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeachem\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e724901-1128\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBarcode\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e000116011280\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSuitable for setting up a new freshwater or marine aquarium, and for supporting an established tank through a water change, a new fish introduction, or a course of medication. Not a substitute for patience — Stability speeds up cycling but a new tank should still be monitored with a test kit before stocking heavily.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eA liquid test kit to track ammonia, nitrite and nitrate while the tank cycles, and a bottle of StressGuard if new fish are being introduced under stress.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCovered by Seachem's standard quality guarantee in addition to your rights under Australian Consumer Law. Standard freight — no cold chain or special handling required.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDo I need to buy anything else to cycle a new tank?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eA liquid test kit is the main extra worth adding, so you can see when ammonia and nitrite have dropped to zero before stocking.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I use the pack in an established, already-cycled tank?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Prime is used with every water change regardless of tank age, and Stability and Pristine are useful whenever the biofilter is disrupted — new fish, filter cleaning, or medication.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eIs the pack reef safe?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, all three products are safe for freshwater and marine setups, including plants and invertebrates, when dosed as directed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eHow long does 100 mL of Stability last during cycling?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eOn a 200 L tank, the day-one dose uses 25 mL and the following week of daily dosing uses roughly 87.5 mL — close to the full bottle for one cycling tank of that size.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Seachem","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54773859746083,"sku":"724901-1128","price":54.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/seachem-sure-start-pack-10135085809955-1-dq.webp?v=1790372898"},{"product_id":"seachem-plant-pack-enhancer-npk","title":"Seachem Plant Pack: Enhancer (NPK)","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe three macro nutrients a planted tank runs short of first — dosed independently, not locked into one ratio.\u003c\/strong\u003e Seachem Plant Pack Enhancer (NPK) bundles 100 mL bottles of Flourish Nitrogen, Flourish Phosphorus and Flourish Potassium, so you can add exactly the macro nutrient your plants are short of, guided by test results rather than a fixed blend.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt suits medium to high-light planted aquariums where light is no longer the limiting factor and macro nutrients are — the stage most planted tanks reach once the easy wins from Plant Pack Fundamentals are already in place.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's in the pack\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlourish Nitrogen (100 mL)\u003c\/strong\u003e — nitrate plus a complexed ammonium form plants prefer; no free ammonia reaches the water, since it only becomes available as plants take it up.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlourish Phosphorus (100 mL)\u003c\/strong\u003e — a nitrate-free potassium phosphate solution (0.3% available P₂O₅), so you can lift phosphorus without pushing nitrate up alongside it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlourish Potassium (100 mL)\u003c\/strong\u003e — a concentrated potassium supplement, the macro nutrient most easily depleted in a fast-growing planted tank.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy dose N, P and K separately\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA combined NPK product locks you into whatever ratio the bottle was mixed at — fine until one nutrient runs low while another is already at target. Dosing from three bottles means you add what a test kit or the plants themselves show is missing, rather than force-feeding a nutrient that's already sufficient.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDosage and directions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBottle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBeginner dose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRaises\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFlourish Nitrogen\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.5 mL per 160 L, twice weekly or as needed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNitrogen, roughly equivalent to 1 mg\/L nitrate per full dose across the tank\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFlourish Phosphorus\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.5 mL per 80 L, once or twice weekly or as needed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePhosphorus by about 0.05 mg\/L (0.15 mg\/L phosphate) per dose\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFlourish Potassium\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 mL (1 capful) per 125 L, 2–3 times weekly or as needed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePotassium by about 2 mg\/L per dose\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDose in response to deficiency signs — stunted growth or chlorosis for nitrogen, dark green but stalled growth for phosphorus, yellowing or pinholed older leaves for potassium — rather than on a fixed schedule regardless of what the plants are showing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich bottle runs out first?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAll three bottles are 100 mL, but they don't last the same length of time, because each is dosed at a different rate. At the beginner dose above: Flourish Potassium is the first to empty, at around 2,500 L of dosed tank water; Flourish Phosphorus follows at around 3,200 L; Flourish Nitrogen lasts longest, to around 6,400 L. In practice that means you'll likely need a second bottle of Potassium before the other two run out — worth knowing before you assume the pack empties evenly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e medium to high-light freshwater planted aquariums where macro nutrients, not light, are limiting growth. Safe around shrimp and other freshwater invertebrates at labelled doses.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e reef or marine tanks. Not a substitute for testing — dosing phosphorus or nitrogen beyond what plants can use will feed algae, not plants.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSafety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOverdosing phosphorus or nitrogen beyond plant uptake capacity is the main risk with any macro-nutrient dosing — it feeds algae rather than plants. Monitor with a nitrate and phosphate test kit and dose to the reading, not just the calendar.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeachem Plant Pack Fundamentals\u003c\/strong\u003e — the trace element, iron and liquid carbon side of a complete dosing regime.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eA nitrate and phosphate test kit\u003c\/strong\u003e — to dose to an actual reading rather than a guess.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIndividual Flourish Nitrogen, Phosphorus or Potassium bottles\u003c\/strong\u003e — for topping up whichever nutrient in this pack you burn through first.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCovered by Seachem's standard quality guarantee in addition to your rights under Australian Consumer Law. Standard shipping; no cold chain or special handling required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDo I need all three bottles at once?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOnly dose the nutrient your plants or test results show is low. Having all three on hand just means you're not caught short when a deficiency shows up.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWill this cause an algae bloom?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOnly if you dose past what your plants can use — test before and after dosing so nitrogen and phosphorus are being taken up, not accumulating.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat's the difference between this and Seachem Flourish (the all-in-one)?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFlourish is a broad-spectrum trace element supplement and deliberately low in nitrogen and phosphorus. This pack covers the three macro nutrients Flourish doesn't, dosed independently.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eIs it reef safe?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo — this pack is formulated for freshwater planted aquariums, not marine or reef systems.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhich bottle should I expect to reorder first?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFlourish Potassium, at the standard dosing rates above — it's the first of the three to run out on a typical dosing schedule.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Seachem","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54773859844387,"sku":"724903-1115","price":53.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/seachem-plant-pack-enhancer-npk-476259.webp?v=1790230840"},{"product_id":"seachem-plant-pack-fundamentals","title":"Seachem Plant Pack: Fundamentals","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEverything a new planted tank needs to get growing, in three 100 mL bottles.\u003c\/strong\u003e Seachem Plant Pack Fundamentals bundles Flourish, Flourish Iron and Flourish Excel — broad-spectrum trace elements, a dedicated iron supplement, and a liquid carbon source — as a starter dosing regime for a freshwater planted aquarium.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt's aimed at a first planted tank, or as a low-commitment way to trial Seachem's core plant line before buying full-size bottles. Once macro nutrients (nitrogen, phosphorus, potassium) become the limiting factor rather than trace elements, the Plant Pack Enhancer (NPK) is the next step.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's in the pack\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlourish (100 mL)\u003c\/strong\u003e — the broad-spectrum growth supplement: calcium, magnesium, potassium and a wide trace-element spread, plus vitamins and amino acids. Deliberately low in nitrogen and phosphorus, so it doesn't feed algae.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlourish Iron (100 mL)\u003c\/strong\u003e — a complexed ferrous (Fe²⁺) iron supplement. Plants can use both ferric and ferrous iron but take up ferrous more readily, which is what keeps red-leaved plants red and new growth strong.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlourish Excel (100 mL)\u003c\/strong\u003e — a source of readily available organic carbon. Every plant needs a carbon source; Excel supplies it without CO₂ equipment, or as a supplement alongside CO₂ injection.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDosage and directions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBottle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFrequency\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFlourish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 mL (1 capful) per 250 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOnce or twice weekly\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFlourish Iron\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 mL (1 capful) per 200 L, or as needed to maintain ≈0.10 mg\/L iron\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAs needed — test within 30 minutes of dosing, iron is used up fast\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFlourish Excel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 mL per 40 L on startup or after a water change over 40%; 5 mL per 200 L for maintenance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDaily or every other day (maintenance)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf dosing Flourish alongside Flourish Trace, alternate the days rather than dosing both together.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich bottle runs out first?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNot the one you'd expect from the bottle sizes — all three are 100 mL, but Flourish Excel is dosed daily rather than weekly, so it empties in real time long before the other two. As a worked example on a 200 L tank: Flourish lasts roughly 20 doses at once-or-twice weekly (around 10–20 weeks); Flourish Iron is dosed to a test reading rather than a fixed schedule; Flourish Excel at the maintenance rate is a 5 mL dose every day or two, so a 100 mL bottle covers only around 20–40 days. Budget on reordering Excel well before the other two.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e new or lightly-stocked freshwater planted aquariums getting their first dosing routine started. Safe around shrimp and other freshwater invertebrates at labelled doses.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e reef or marine tanks. Not a source of the macro nutrients nitrogen, phosphorus or potassium — see the Plant Pack Enhancer (NPK) once those become limiting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSafety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExcel is an organic carbon source rather than an inert additive — dose at the label rate rather than overdosing for a faster result, and keep an eye on sensitive shrimp or very soft-bodied invertebrates after starting, backing off the dose if you see any change in their behaviour. Iron is used up quickly in the water column; if you're testing to a target, test within about 30 minutes of dosing for an accurate reading.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeachem Plant Pack Enhancer (NPK)\u003c\/strong\u003e — the macro-nutrient side of a complete dosing regime, for once trace elements and carbon are no longer the limiting factor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAn iron test kit\u003c\/strong\u003e — iron depletes fast, so a quick test is more useful here than for most other dosed nutrients.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFull-size Flourish, Flourish Iron or Flourish Excel bottles\u003c\/strong\u003e — once you know this line suits your tank and want to stop refilling from a 100 mL starter bottle.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCovered by Seachem's standard quality guarantee in addition to your rights under Australian Consumer Law. Standard shipping; no cold chain or special handling required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eIs this enough to fully dose a planted tank long-term?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt's a starter kit at 100 mL per bottle — enough to trial the line and get a new tank started, but expect to move to full-size bottles once you've settled on a dosing routine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhich bottle will I need to reorder first?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAlmost always Flourish Excel — it's dosed daily rather than weekly, so a 100 mL bottle runs out much faster in real time than the other two.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes this pack include the macro nutrients (NPK)?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo — Flourish is deliberately low in nitrogen and phosphorus. Add the Plant Pack Enhancer (NPK) once macro nutrients, not trace elements, are limiting growth.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eIs Flourish Excel safe with shrimp?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMost aquarists dose it around shrimp without issue at the label rate, but some shrimp and soft-bodied invertebrates are sensitive — start at the standard dose and watch their behaviour rather than dosing extra for a faster result.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhy test iron so soon after dosing?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIron is taken up by plants and oxidised quickly, so a reading taken more than 30 minutes after dosing will already read lower than what you actually added.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Seachem","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54773860106531,"sku":"724902-1105","price":53.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/seachem-plant-pack-fundamentals-509027.webp?v=1790230840"},{"product_id":"seachem-the-bag-13-x-25cm","title":"Seachem The Bag (13 x 25cm)","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe filter bag that won't leak your Purigen.\u003c\/strong\u003e Seachem's The Bag is a welded-seam media bag with a superfine 180-micron polyethylene mesh — fine enough to hold the smallest filtration resins securely, with none of the loose stitching that lets media escape from cheaper bags.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSuperfine 180-micron mesh\u003c\/strong\u003e holds even the finest resins — Purigen, CupriSorb and similar — without leaking into the tank.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWelded seams\u003c\/strong\u003e — no stitching to degrade, and fully resistant to bleach, caustics and acids, so it survives media regeneration cycles.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eResealable locking closure\u003c\/strong\u003e — a plastic zip-tie style seal, no strings to knot or come loose.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e13 x 25.5 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e, securely holding about 500 mL of media.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatible with the entire Seachem filtration media range\u003c\/strong\u003e, and with most other bagged media.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMesh size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e180 micron (superfine)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePolyethylene, welded seams\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e13 x 25.5 cm (5\" x 9.5\")\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCapacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApproximately 500 mL of media\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eClosure\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eResealable locking closure (zip-tie style)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChemical resistance\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBleach, caustics and acids — safe through media regeneration\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBrand\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeachem\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e724916-3100\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBarcode\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e000116310000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow to use\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eFill loosely with your chosen media, seal the closure, and position the bag where water flow through it is maximised. Don't overpack — media needs room for water to flow around it, and excessive force can stress any seam. Rinse the bag under tap water before first use to clear manufacturing dust.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSuitable for fine-grain resins and powders in any canister, sump or hang-on filter — Purigen, CupriSorb, and similarly fine media. Not needed for coarser media like ceramic rings or bio-balls, which are usually loose-filled or held in a coarser bag; the fine mesh restricts flow more than a wider-mesh bag would.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare and maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe welded seams and chemical resistance mean the bag itself can be reused indefinitely across multiple media changes — replace only the media inside it, not the bag, unless the mesh is visibly torn.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSeachem Purigen, MatrixCarbon or CupriSorb, and the Zip Bag range for coarser media that doesn't need a 180-micron mesh.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCovered by Seachem's standard quality guarantee in addition to your rights under Australian Consumer Law. Standard freight.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWill this stop Purigen beads escaping into my tank?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes — the 180-micron mesh is fine enough to contain Purigen and similarly small resins, which is what it's designed for.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I reuse the bag after washing out old media?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The welded seams resist bleach, caustics and acids, so the bag can go through a full media regeneration cycle and be reused.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWill it fit in my canister filter's media basket?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt 13 x 25.5 cm it fits inside most canister and hang-on media baskets, but check your filter's basket dimensions before ordering if space is tight.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDoes tighter mesh reduce water flow?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eSome, compared with a coarse bag — pack it loosely and position it in the highest-flow part of the media chamber to minimise the effect.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Seachem","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54773860794659,"sku":"724916-3100","price":35.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/seachem-the-bag-13-x-25cm-10135086498083-1-dq.webp?v=1790372898"},{"product_id":"seachem-zip-bag","title":"Seachem Zip Bag","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA zippered media bag with no strings, no ties, no spills.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Seachem Zip Bag range holds loose filter media behind a corrosion-proof zipper instead of a string tie — quick to open for media changes, secure while the filter's running. Three mesh sizes cover everything from fine chemical media to bulk Matrix.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCorrosion-proof zipper\u003c\/strong\u003e — opens in seconds for a media change, no strings or ties to knot.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDurable stitched PVC construction\u003c\/strong\u003e across all three sizes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThree mesh grades\u003c\/strong\u003e — fine (25 mesh), medium (16 mesh) and coarse (8 mesh) — matched to media particle size.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNo strings or ties\u003c\/strong\u003e to work loose in the filter.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich size do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSize\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMesh\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCapacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBest for\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSmall\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25 mesh (fine)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e32 x 14 cm (12.5\" x 5.5\")\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e~1 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePhosGuard, PhosBond, MatrixCarbon, SeaGel, Renew, Zeolite\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMedium\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16 mesh\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e32 x 14 cm (12.5\" x 5.5\")\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e~1 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIntermediate to larger-grain media\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLarge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8 mesh (coarse)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e48 x 43 cm (19\" x 17\")\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e~18 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBulk Matrix and Pond Matrix\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003eSmall and Medium share the same footprint and differ only in mesh tightness — pick Small for fine powders and small-granule resins, Medium for coarser granular media. Large is a different bag entirely, sized for bulk bio-media in sumps and large canister filters.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePVC, stitched seams\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eClosure\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCorrosion-proof zipper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuitability\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFreshwater and saltwater\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBrand\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeachem\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow to use\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eFill with your chosen media, zip closed, and position in the filter so water flow through the bag is maximised. Rinse under tap water before first use. Not recommended for the finest powdered resins — the 25-mesh Small bag is coarser than Seachem's welded 180-micron \"The Bag,\" so for the smallest resins like Purigen, The Bag is the better fit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSuitable for granular chemical and biological media — PhosGuard, PhosBond, MatrixCarbon, SeaGel, Renew, Zeolite, Matrix and Pond Matrix. Not suitable for the finest resin powders, which need the 180-micron mesh of Seachem's The Bag instead.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare and maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe zipper and stitched PVC construction are reusable across many media changes; rinse the bag out when you replace the media inside it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSeachem MatrixCarbon, PhosGuard or Matrix bio-media, and Seachem's The Bag for anyone also running a fine-grain resin like Purigen.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCovered by Seachem's standard quality guarantee in addition to your rights under Australian Consumer Law. Standard freight; the Large size ships in a bigger box due to its size.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhat's the difference between Small and Medium?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eSame 32 x 14 cm footprint, different mesh: Small is 25 mesh for fine media, Medium is 16 mesh for coarser granules. Match the mesh to your media's particle size.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWill the Large bag fit a hang-on filter?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eUnlikely — at 48 x 43 cm it's sized for sump baskets and large canister media chambers, not compact hang-on filters.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I use this for Purigen?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNot ideally. Purigen's fine granules are better contained by the 180-micron mesh of Seachem's The Bag; the Zip Bag range is coarser.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eIs the zipper safe long-term in saltwater?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, it's built to be corrosion-proof for ongoing use in both freshwater and saltwater systems.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Seachem","offers":[{"title":"Small (12.5\" x 5.5\")","offer_id":54773861056803,"sku":"724917-1522","price":10.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Medium (12.5\" x 5.5\")","offer_id":55335432585507,"sku":"724918-1521","price":10.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Large (19\" x 17\")","offer_id":55335432618275,"sku":"724919-1505","price":22.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/seachem-zip-bag-43160347574563.webp?v=1790237816"},{"product_id":"seachem-reef-glue-20g","title":"Seachem Reef Glue 20g","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMount coral frags in seconds — even underwater.\u003c\/strong\u003e Seachem Reef Glue is a premium cyanoacrylate gel for fixing coral frags and colonies to reef rock and frag plugs. It grabs within seconds, holds hard, and can be applied with the frag still submerged — no need to pull corals out of the water.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBonds in seconds, underwater or dry\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFormula is 17× thicker than the previous version — more control, less stringing and mess\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo-mess cap, and an aluminium tube that keeps the glue workable far longer than plastic-bottled glues\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAlso handy for freshwater aquascaping (mounting moss, anubias, ferns to hardscape) and general plastics repairs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e20 g (0.7 oz) tube\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAttribute\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeachem\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCyanoacrylate gel adhesive\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSize\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20 g (0.7 oz)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePackaging\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAluminium tube with no-mess cap\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBond time\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeconds, underwater or dry\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e724936-3115\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBarcode\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e000116311502\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDispense a small bead before each use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApply a small amount to the coral frag and press it onto the plug or rock for 20 seconds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWipe the tip clean before recapping\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNot for adhering items to glass surfaces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for \/ not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for mounting coral frags and colonies to rock or frag plugs in marine and reef aquariums, and for freshwater aquascaping tasks such as fixing moss or epiphytic plants to hardscape. Not suitable for bonding items to glass — it will not release cleanly and can mark the glass.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCare and safety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWarning:\u003c\/strong\u003e cyanoacrylate bonds skin and eyes in seconds — keep away from children. If eye contact occurs, rinse with water for 5–10 minutes. A Safety Data Sheet is available from Seachem for full handling information.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCovered by the standard consumer guarantees under Australian Consumer Law.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Seachem","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54773861286179,"sku":"724936-3115","price":29.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/seachem-reef-glue-20g-262691.webp?v=1790230839"},{"product_id":"seachem-flourish-glue-8g-2-x-4g-tubes","title":"Seachem Flourish Glue 8g (2 x 4g Tubes)","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlant it once and it stays put.\u003c\/strong\u003e Seachem Flourish Glue is a cyanoacrylate gel made for aquascaping — it bonds moss, anubias, bucephalandra and other epiphytes to rock, driftwood and gravel in seconds, and it sets underwater, so a rescape doesn't mean draining the tank.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBonds within seconds\u003c\/strong\u003e, submerged or dry, with a 20-second press for a strong hold.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAnchors bunch plants\u003c\/strong\u003e — a dab of glue on the stems before planting keeps them in the substrate instead of floating free.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWorks in freshwater and saltwater\u003c\/strong\u003e aquascapes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDoubles as a plastics repair glue\u003c\/strong\u003e for aquarium equipment and accessories.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAluminium tubes\u003c\/strong\u003e keep the gel fresh far longer than a plastic bottle between uses.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eType\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCyanoacrylate gel adhesive\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePack size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 × 4 g aluminium tubes (8 g total)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSet time\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBonds within seconds; press for 20 seconds\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFreshwater and saltwater\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow to use\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDispense a small bead before each use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApply a small amount to moss, plant roots or the mounting surface and press together for 20 seconds.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFor bunch plants, dab glue on the stems and plant as normal — they'll stay anchored in the substrate.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWipe the tip clean before recapping so the tube doesn't seal shut.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNot for adhering items to glass surfaces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for attaching moss, anubias, bucephalandra and similar epiphytes to rock, driftwood and gravel, in freshwater or saltwater.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable as a general plastics repair glue for aquarium gear.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNot suitable for bonding to glass or acrylic panels.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNot a structural adhesive for heavy rockwork — use Flourish Epoxy for load-bearing hardscape bonds.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/seachem-flourish-epoxy-114g\"\u003eSeachem Flourish Epoxy\u003c\/a\u003e — for structural rock and driftwood bonds Glue isn't designed for.\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSeachem doesn't publish a fixed warranty term on this consumable product; your purchase is still covered by the consumer guarantees under Australian Consumer Law. Ships as a standard parcel.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I use Flourish Glue underwater?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, it's designed to bond both submerged and out of water, in seconds either way.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eIs it safe for fish and shrimp once cured?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eOnce cured it's inert and used widely for planting mosses and epiphytes in livestock tanks. Uncured, it bonds skin and eyes in seconds — keep it away from children and rinse eye contact with water for 5–10 minutes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I use it on glass?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo — Seachem states it isn't intended for adhering items to glass surfaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhat's the difference between Flourish Glue and Flourish Epoxy?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eGlue is a fast, seconds-set cyanoacrylate for attaching moss and small plants to a surface. Epoxy is a slower, five-minute-working-time putty for structurally bonding rocks and driftwood together — use Glue for planting, Epoxy for hardscape construction.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Seachem","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54773861318947,"sku":"724937-3116","price":22.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/seachem-flourish-glue-8g-2-x-4g-tubes-295459.webp?v=1790230840"},{"product_id":"seachem-flourish-epoxy-114g","title":"Seachem Flourish Epoxy 114g","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLock your hardscape together before it locks you into a disaster.\u003c\/strong\u003e Seachem Flourish Epoxy is a two-part epoxy putty for securing rock stacks and driftwood in planted and reef aquariums — the insurance policy for iwagumi layouts, tall rock stacks and any scape where a collapse could crush plants, corals or livestock, or crack the glass. It's completely safe for aquarium inhabitants once cured.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFive-minute working time\u003c\/strong\u003e — enough time to knead, shape and position before it starts to set.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardens in about 15 minutes, fully cured within 24 hours\u003c\/strong\u003e — submerged or in open air.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMechanical grip on rough surfaces\u003c\/strong\u003e — presses into pores and grooves in stone and driftwood rather than just surface-bonding.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo colours\u003c\/strong\u003e — Grey and Brown perform identically; pick whichever blends with your hardscape.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eResealable storage\u003c\/strong\u003e — the 114 g stick comes in a plastic tube so unused putty stays usable.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eType\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwo-part epoxy putty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePack size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e114 g (2 oz) stick\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColours\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrey, Brown\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWorking time\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 minutes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHardens\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApproximately 15 minutes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFull cure\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24 hours, submerged or emerged\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFreshwater and saltwater\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow to use\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWear latex gloves if you have sensitive skin.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCut off the amount you need and reseal the rest in the storage tube.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemove the film and knead until the colour is uniform throughout.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePress firmly around the base or contact point so the putty penetrates pores and grooves in the stone or wood.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePosition your pieces within the 5-minute working window — it starts hardening from that point.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for bonding rock to rock, rock to driftwood, and driftwood to driftwood, in freshwater or saltwater, submerged or dry.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for reef rockwork as well as planted-tank hardscape once fully cured.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNot a substitute for proper structural support on tall or heavy rock stacks — use it to stop pieces shifting, not as the sole support for an unstable structure.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNot intended as a general adhesive for glass or acrylic seams.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/seachem-flourish-glue-8g-2-x-4g-tubes\"\u003eSeachem Flourish Glue\u003c\/a\u003e — for attaching moss and epiphytes to the rockwork once it's positioned.\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSeachem doesn't publish a fixed warranty term on this consumable product; your purchase is still covered by the consumer guarantees under Australian Consumer Law. Ships as a standard parcel.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I use Flourish Epoxy underwater?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. It's designed to be applied and to cure both submerged and in open air, with a full cure of 24 hours either way.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eIs it safe for fish, shrimp and coral once cured?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eSeachem states it's completely safe for aquarium inhabitants. During application, avoid skin and eye contact — it causes irritation while uncured — and keep it away from heat and open flame.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDoes the colour affect performance?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Grey and Brown are functionally identical; the choice is purely about which blends better with your rockwork.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eHow long do I have to position my rocks before it sets?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eAbout 5 minutes of working time before it starts to harden, and roughly 15 minutes before it's fully hardened and no longer malleable.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Seachem","offers":[{"title":"Gray","offer_id":54773861581091,"sku":"724938-3125","price":37.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Brown","offer_id":55335432552739,"sku":"724939-3126","price":37.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/seachem-flourish-epoxy-114g-43160348328227.webp?v=1790237814"},{"product_id":"seachem-algae-scraper","title":"Seachem Algae Scraper","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe right edge for glass or acrylic, in one handle.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Seachem Algae Scraper is a 3-in-1 cleaning tool with three interchangeable working edges on a single cartridge — a metal blade for stubborn algae on glass, a plastic blade safe on both glass and acrylic, and a soft pad that is the first choice for acrylic and lifts algae out of existing scratches. Sold in three handle lengths: 15 cm, 31 cm and 46 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThree edges, one cartridge\u003c\/strong\u003e — slide the cartridge out of the head, flip it and re-insert to change edge, with no tools and no spare parts to lose.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRetractable blade housing\u003c\/strong\u003e — the blade hides inside the head when it is not in use, which matters in a drawer or a bucket of wet gear.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo blade heights\u003c\/strong\u003e — set the blade proud for hard algae or shallow for a light pass close to silicone seams.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIt floats\u003c\/strong\u003e — drop it in a deep tank and it comes back up, rather than landing on your aquascape.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhite body\u003c\/strong\u003e — removed algae shows against the tool, so you can see what you have actually cleared.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eErgonomic handle with a hanging hole\u003c\/strong\u003e — comfortable in several grips, and it stores on a hook instead of in the sump cabinet.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFreshwater and marine\u003c\/strong\u003e — no coatings or additives to worry about in a reef system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich size do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSize\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eManufacturer part number\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBarcode\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhere it earns its keep\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15 cm (6 inch)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3199\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e000116031998\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNano and desktop tanks, sumps, and tight aquascapes where a long handle fouls the hardscape\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e31 cm (12 inch)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3207\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e000116032070\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe general-purpose length for most standard display tanks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e46 cm (18 inch)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3208\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e000116032087\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDeep and tall tanks, where the extra reach keeps your shoulder out of the water\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAll three take the same three working edges. Replacement parts are a different story: the 31 cm and 46 cm handles share the same replacement blade, pad and cartridge, but Seachem does not list separate replacement parts for the 15 cm (3199) model — treat it as non-serviceable rather than assuming it takes the same spares as the two longer handles. Length is otherwise the only difference — choose it by how far you need to reach to the substrate, not by tank volume.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich edge for which tank\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eEdge\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGlass\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAcrylic\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat it is for\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMetal blade\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo — will damage acrylic\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHard, established algae and coralline that will not shift any other way\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlastic blade\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes, with care\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEveryday scraping. Take care near the gravel line, where a trapped grain can mark acrylic\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSoft pad\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes — first choice\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFilm algae, routine wipe-downs, and lifting algae out of scratches in older acrylic\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe metal blade is for glass only. There is no way to make it safe on acrylic, so if you own an acrylic tank, leave that edge in the drawer and work with the pad and plastic blade.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eScraper handle and head\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCartridge with the moulded plastic blade\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMetal blade\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSoft scrubbing pad\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot included:\u003c\/strong\u003e replacement metal blades, replacement pads and replacement cartridges are consumables and are sold separately for the 31 cm and 46 cm handles. The plastic blade is part of the cartridge, so a worn plastic edge means a new cartridge rather than a new blade.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGlass aquariums, freshwater and marine\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAcrylic aquariums, using the soft pad and plastic blade\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSumps, overflow boxes and quarantine tanks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnyone who would rather not put a bare razor blade near a silicone seam\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRunning the metal blade on acrylic, at any blade height\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWorking over silicone seams with the metal blade — it will cut them\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTanks deeper than the handle reaches; step up a size rather than putting your arm in to the shoulder\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMagnet-cleaner duty. This is a hand tool and needs you in the water.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCare and spares\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRinse in fresh water and dry the metal blade after every use. Salt left on a blade is what ends its life, not algae.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck the blade edge before each session. A chipped metal blade will score glass.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWork top down, and keep the head off the substrate. Sand picked up at the gravel line is the usual cause of a scratched panel on any tank.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRetract the blade before storing, and hang it by the handle hole.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep it for aquarium use only — detergent residue is the one thing that makes a clean tool unsafe.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/seachem-algae-scraper-replacement-blades-3-pack\"\u003eSeachem Algae Scraper Replacement Blades, 3 pack\u003c\/a\u003e — the metal blades, which are the part that wears fastest.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/seachem-algae-scraper-replacement-pads-3-pack\"\u003eSeachem Algae Scraper Replacement Pads, 3 pack\u003c\/a\u003e — the pads shaped for the scraper head.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/seachem-algae-scraper-replacement-cartridge\"\u003eSeachem Algae Scraper Replacement Cartridge\u003c\/a\u003e — needed when the moulded plastic blade wears down.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/seachem-algae-pad-25-mm-thick-3-pack\"\u003eSeachem Algae Pad 25 mm, 3 pack\u003c\/a\u003e — hand pads for the corners and equipment the scraper head cannot reach.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/seachem-phosguard\"\u003eSeachem PhosGuard\u003c\/a\u003e — if the glass needs doing weekly, phosphate control treats the cause.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and Australian notes\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA hand tool with consumable blades and pads. Faults and misdescription are covered by the consumer guarantees under Australian Consumer Law, which apply in addition to anything the manufacturer offers. Normal wear of blades and pads in use is not a fault.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCan I use the Seachem Algae Scraper on an acrylic tank?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, using the soft pad or the plastic blade. The metal blade is for glass only and will damage acrylic. The soft pad is the safest choice on acrylic and is also the edge that lifts algae out of existing scratches.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHow do I change from the blade to the pad?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSlide the cartridge out of the scraper head, flip it over and re-insert it. It takes a few seconds and needs no tools.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat is the difference between the three sizes?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHandle length only, at 15 cm, 31 cm and 46 cm, and all three use the same three working edges. Replacement parts, though, are only sold for the 31 cm and 46 cm handles — Seachem doesn't list separate spares for the 15 cm. Pick by how deep your tank is: 15 cm for nanos and sumps, 31 cm for most standard tanks, 46 cm where you would otherwise be in the water to the shoulder.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWill it sink if I drop it?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The scraper floats, so it comes back to the surface rather than landing on corals or a planted foreground.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eIs it safe in a reef tank?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, in fresh and salt water. Rinse and dry the metal blade after use in salt water, since that is what shortens a blade's life.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWill the metal blade cut my silicone seams?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt can, and that is the most expensive mistake to make with any bladed scraper. Use the lower blade height near the corners, or switch to the pad for the last few centimetres before a seam.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Seachem","offers":[{"title":"31cm (12 inch)","offer_id":54773861679395,"sku":"724941-3207","price":66.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"15cm (6 inch)","offer_id":55335263928611,"sku":"724940-3199","price":70.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"46cm (18 inch)","offer_id":55335263961379,"sku":"724942-3208","price":96.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/seachem-algae-scraper-43160348393763.webp?v=1790237813"},{"product_id":"seachem-matrix-100l-drum","title":"Seachem Matrix 100L Drum","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSeachem Matrix biological filter media in a 100 litre drum.\u003c\/strong\u003e Matrix is a porous inorganic solid, about 10 mm per piece, that gives beneficial bacteria (the bacteria that break down fish waste) a large surface to live on, inside the pores as well as outside. At Seachem's dose of 250 mL for every 200 litres of water, 100 litres of Matrix works out to about 80,000 litres of aquarium water, so this drum suits large systems, fish rooms and multi tank setups.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLarge surface area:\u003c\/strong\u003e Seachem rates it at more than about 700 square metres per litre, and states one litre gives as much surface as 170 litres of plastic bio balls.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAmmonia, nitrite and nitrate removal\u003c\/strong\u003e in the same filter: the pores support both nitrifying bacteria (which convert ammonia and nitrite) and denitrifying bacteria (which remove nitrate in low oxygen areas deep in the pores).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInert:\u003c\/strong\u003e it will not break down, will not directly change your pH, and does not need replacing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRinseable:\u003c\/strong\u003e most of the bacteria live inside the pieces, so rinsing off debris does not strip the colony.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNo media bag\u003c\/strong\u003e should be needed for most uses, as the pieces are large enough on their own.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrand: Seachem\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eType: biological filter media\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVolume: 100 litres\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiece size: about 10 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSurface area: more than about 700 square metres per litre\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDose: 250 mL for every 200 litres of water\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for freshwater and marine systems with any wet or wet\/dry filter; Seachem recommends a canister filter for best effect. Smaller tanks are better served by the smaller Seachem Matrix sizes, as this drum treats far more water than a single home aquarium needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCare\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSet up the flow through your filter in this order: mechanical media (sponge or floss) first, then chemical media, then Matrix. Use it with Seachem Stability to establish the biofilter faster. Seachem says nitrate improvement generally shows within a couple of weeks, though every system varies; if nitrate holds steady and you want it lower, add more Matrix. Pieces vary naturally in colour and size, from very light to quite dark, and this is normal.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYour rights under Australian Consumer Law apply. Large item; freight is quoted and emailed to you, as set out in our Shipping Policy.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Seachem","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54773862924579,"sku":"725056-112","price":1753.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/seachem-matrix-100l-drum-302371.webp?v=1790230839"},{"product_id":"seachem-ph-alert-6-month","title":"Seachem pH Alert (6 Month)","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKnow your pH at a glance, every day — no strips, no drops.\u003c\/strong\u003e Seachem pH Alert is a continuous colour-changing sensor for freshwater aquariums. Placed anywhere visible in the tank or filter, its sensor shifts reversibly from yellow through orange to red as pH moves between 5.4 and 8.0 — just match the sensor colour against the included colour wheel to read your pH.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eContinuous monitoring\u003c\/strong\u003e — catches pH swings between water tests, rather than only the moment you happen to test.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReads pH from 5.4 to 8.0\u003c\/strong\u003e on a simple colour wheel — no reagents, no liquid tests.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFast response\u003c\/strong\u003e — first reading available around 30 minutes after installation; after that, pH shifts register within roughly 10 minutes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLong service life\u003c\/strong\u003e — rated for around 6 months of continuous use, up to 4× longer than competing colour indicators.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompact\u003c\/strong\u003e — nearly half the size of competing monitors, so it stays unobtrusive in the display.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFreshwater use only\u003c\/strong\u003e — not formulated for marine or brackish water.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBrand\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeachem\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003epH Alert\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFreshwater only\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003epH range read\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5.4–8.0\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInitial response time\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApproximately 30 minutes after installation\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSubsequent response time\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApproximately 10 minutes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRated service life\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAround 6 months\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReading method\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour wheel comparison, no reagents required\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e725035-20\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBarcode\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e116002004\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWipe algae away with a clean, soft material only — no bleach, soap, detergents or hard objects\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSome dye-based medications may discolour the sensor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRead under natural or daylight-spectrum lighting for best sensitivity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReplace the unit when the sensor colour visibly fades or washes out — that's the end-of-life signal, generally around 6 months of continuous use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e freshwater community, planted and cichlid tanks where you want an at-a-glance pH check between full water tests.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e marine or brackish aquariums — the sensor and colour range are calibrated for freshwater pH only. Use a marine-specific test kit for saltwater systems.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCovered by Seachem's standard quality guarantee at the time of sale, in addition to your rights under Australian Consumer Law. Ships as a standard parcel.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I use pH Alert in a saltwater tank?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. pH Alert is formulated for freshwater use only and isn't calibrated for marine pH ranges.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eHow do I know when it needs replacing?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eWhen the sensor colour visibly fades or washes out, it's exhausted and ready to be replaced — generally after around 6 months of continuous use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDoes it replace a liquid pH test kit?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt's a continuous, at-a-glance monitor rather than a precision test — it's best used alongside occasional liquid testing, not as a full replacement for it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWill medications affect the reading?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eSome dye-based medications can discolour the sensor and affect its accuracy while they're in the water.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhere should I place it?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eAnywhere it stays visible in the tank or filter — visibility is what makes it useful as an at-a-glance check.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Seachem","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54773864562979,"sku":"725035-20","price":29.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/seachem-ph-alert-6-month-572259.webp?v=1790230839"},{"product_id":"seachem-alerts-combo-pack","title":"Seachem Alerts Combo Pack","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eContinuous ammonia and pH monitoring for a freshwater aquarium, with no test kit.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Seachem Alert Combo pairs one Ammonia Alert card and one pH Alert card. Each is a colour sensor you place where you can see it, anywhere in the aquarium or filter, and it changes colour as the water changes. No chemicals or test procedures are needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAmmonia Alert\u003c\/strong\u003e detects less than 0.05 mg\/L (ppm) of free ammonia (the toxic form of ammonia) and changes reversibly from yellow to green to blue as the level rises. Seachem states it responds to rising ammonia in about 15 minutes and takes about 4 hours to return from Toxic to Safe once the ammonia is removed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003epH Alert\u003c\/strong\u003e changes reversibly from yellow to orange to red across pH 5.4 to 8.0. Seachem states it takes about 30 minutes to respond when first put in, then registers pH shifts within 10 minutes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo pack options on our store:\u003c\/strong\u003e the 6 Month pack is Seachem's Alert Combo (1 Ammonia Alert card and 1 pH Alert card). The 1 Year pack is Seachem's One Year Alert Combo, which adds 1 replacement pH Alert sensor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrand: Seachem\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAmmonia Alert levels: Safe below 0.02 mg\/L, Alert 0.05 mg\/L, Alarm 0.2 mg\/L, Toxic 0.5 mg\/L\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003epH Alert range: pH 5.4 to 8.0\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAmmonia Alert life: about a year, according to Seachem\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003epH Alert: replace when the sensor colour visibly fades or washes out\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for freshwater aquariums. Seachem makes the pH Alert for freshwater use only, and does not recommend the Ammonia Alert at acid pH, so this pack is not suited to marine tanks or very acidic water.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCare\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo care is needed beyond wiping off algae with a clean, soft material. Do not use bleach, soap, detergents or hard objects, and avoid touching the sensors with your fingers, as skin oils can damage them. For the most accurate reading, read the Ammonia Alert under natural daylight or a daylight type light; red enhancing lights make the green and blue shades harder to see. Store an unused Ammonia Alert in a little RO water (reverse osmosis purified water) to keep the sensor wet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYour rights under Australian Consumer Law apply. Ships by standard parcel post.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Seachem","offers":[{"title":"6 Month","offer_id":55335432651043,"sku":"725033-12","price":37.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"1 Year","offer_id":54773864595747,"sku":"725034-13","price":56.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/seachem-alerts-combo-pack-43160351637795.webp?v=1790237816"},{"product_id":"seachem-gold-basics-50ml","title":"Seachem Gold Basics 50ml","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOne bottle, three jobs, one healthy goldfish bowl.\u003c\/strong\u003e Seachem Gold Basics is a single-dose water conditioner built specifically for goldfish bowls and small tanks, where water quality shifts fast and there is no biological filter doing the heavy lifting. It removes chlorine and chloramine from tap water, detoxifies ammonia, and buffers pH to the neutral 7.0 that goldfish do best at.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRemoves chlorine and chloramine\u003c\/strong\u003e — makes tap water safe on contact.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDetoxifies ammonia\u003c\/strong\u003e — the most common cause of stress and illness in bowls and small unfiltered tanks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBuffers to pH 7.0\u003c\/strong\u003e — the stable, neutral pH goldfish are kept at, rather than whatever the tap delivers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOne product, one dose\u003c\/strong\u003e — no separate dechlorinator and buffer to measure out.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePack size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTreats\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApprox. 94 L (25 US gal) per bottle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e½ capful per 4 L (1 US gal)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTarget pH\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7.0\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRemoves \/ detoxifies\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eChlorine, chloramine, ammonia\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFreshwater — goldfish bowls and tanks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDosage and directions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAdd ½ capful for every 4 L (1 US gallon) of water. Dose with every water change, or once a week — whichever comes around first. Shake before use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for goldfish bowls, tubs and small unfiltered or lightly filtered tanks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNot formulated or tested for marine or reef systems.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNot a substitute for a cycled biological filter in tanks stocked beyond bowl density — it detoxifies ammonia, it doesn't process it the way bacteria do.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSafety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor aquarium use only. Follow the stated dose — more is not more effective and just wastes product. Keep out of reach of children.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCovered by the manufacturer's quality guarantee, in addition to your rights under Australian Consumer Law. Standard shipping from our North Lakes warehouse.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDo I still need a separate dechlorinator?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. Gold Basics removes chlorine and chloramine on its own, alongside detoxifying ammonia and buffering pH.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHow long does one bottle last?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAt the standard dose, a 50 mL bottle treats around 94 L in total — for a 4 L bowl with weekly water changes, that is roughly six months.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWill it work in a filtered tank, not just a bowl?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. It is formulated for goldfish generally; bowls are where it does the most work, since there is no filter backing it up.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes it lower pH if my tap water is already above 7.0?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSeachem's published information for this product does not state its behaviour where source water is already alkaline. Treat 7.0 as the target and test your own water if you are unsure.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Seachem","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54773868134691,"sku":"725020-404","price":9.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/seachem-gold-basics-50ml-703331.webp?v=1790230838"},{"product_id":"seachem-fish-net","title":"Seachem Fish Net","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOne net range, right size for anything from shrimp fry to full-grown cichlids.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Seachem Fish Net range covers six hoop sizes from 8.5 cm (3\") to 30 cm (12\"), each available in standard or fine mesh, so there's a size and mesh combination for fry, shrimp, community fish and large cichlids alike. This listing covers the full range — pick the size and mesh that matches what's going in it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSix hoop sizes\u003c\/strong\u003e — 8.5, 12.5, 15, 20, 25 and 30 cm (3\", 5\", 6\", 8\", 10\" and 12\"), so small breeding tanks and full-size display tanks both have a proper fit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStandard and fine mesh\u003c\/strong\u003e — standard mesh for general fishkeeping, fine mesh for fry, shrimp and delicate long-finned species that can snag on a wider weave.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStandard and long handles\u003c\/strong\u003e — a 30 cm (12\") handle as standard, with a 40 cm (16\") long-handle option on the 12.5 cm (5\") and 20 cm (8\") nets for deeper tanks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoft mesh\u003c\/strong\u003e — gentler on fins and slime coats than a stiff, coarse net.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFreshwater and saltwater safe\u003c\/strong\u003e — the same net works across both setups.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHoop sizes\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8.5 cm (3\") · 12.5 cm (5\") · 15 cm (6\") · 20 cm (8\") · 25 cm (10\") · 30 cm (12\")\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMesh\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStandard or fine\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHandle length\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 cm (12\") standard; 40 cm (16\") long-handle option on 5\" and 8\" hoops\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFreshwater and saltwater\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich one do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHoop size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBest for\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8.5 cm (3\")\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShrimp, fry and nano fish in small tanks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12.5 cm (5\")\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSmall community fish; long-handle version for deeper tanks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15 cm (6\")\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGeneral community tank use\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20 cm (8\")\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLarger community fish; long-handle version for deeper tanks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25 cm (10\")\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGoldfish, cichlids and other larger fish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 cm (12\")\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBig fish and wide-bodied species needing one calm scoop instead of a chase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose fine mesh over standard whenever fry, shrimp or long-finned species (bettas, fancy guppies) are involved — the tighter weave stops fins and legs catching.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e catching and moving fish and shrimp during water changes, treatment, sales or tank moves, in freshwater or saltwater.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e corals or fragile invertebrates that can be damaged by netting — use a container or cup instead.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCare and maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRinse in fresh water after use, especially after saltwater use, and let the mesh air dry between tanks to reduce the chance of carrying disease or parasites between systems. Keep a net aside for quarantine or hospital tank use only if disease is present.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCovered by Seachem's standard manufacturer warranty against defects, in addition to your rights under Australian Consumer Law. Standard freight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat's the difference between standard and fine mesh?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFine mesh has a tighter weave that won't catch fins, whiskers or shrimp legs — better for fry, shrimp and long-finned fish. Standard mesh is fine for most community and larger fish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDo I need the long handle version?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOnly if the tank is deep enough that a 30 cm handle doesn't comfortably reach the bottom — the long-handle option adds 10 cm and is available on the 5\" and 8\" nets.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCan I use the same net in a saltwater and a freshwater tank?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe net itself is rated for both, but rinse it thoroughly between tanks to avoid transferring parasites or disease between systems.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat size net do I need for a goldfish?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 25 cm (10\") or 30 cm (12\") nets give goldfish and similarly large fish room to be scooped in one movement rather than chased around a smaller hoop.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Seachem","offers":[{"title":"10 inch \/ Standard","offer_id":54773873967395,"sku":"724843-3226","price":18.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"3 inch \/ Standard","offer_id":55335262683427,"sku":"724839-3220","price":6.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"3 inch \/ Fine Mesh","offer_id":55335262716195,"sku":"724847-3228","price":7.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"5 inch \/ Standard","offer_id":55335262748963,"sku":"724840-3221","price":11.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"5 inch \/ Long Handle","offer_id":55335262781731,"sku":"724845-3222","price":13.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"5 inch \/ Fine Mesh","offer_id":55335262814499,"sku":"724848-3229","price":12.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"6 inch \/ Standard","offer_id":55335262847267,"sku":"724841-3223","price":13.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"8 inch \/ Standard","offer_id":55335262880035,"sku":"724842-3224","price":16.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"8 inch \/ Long Handle","offer_id":55335262912803,"sku":"724846-3225","price":18.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"8 inch \/ Fine Mesh","offer_id":55335262945571,"sku":"724849-3233","price":17.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"8 inch \/ Long Handle Fine Mesh","offer_id":55335262978339,"sku":"724852-3234","price":19.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"10 inch \/ Fine Mesh","offer_id":55335263011107,"sku":"724850-3235","price":20.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"12 inch \/ Standard","offer_id":55335263043875,"sku":"724844-3227","price":20.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"12 inch \/ Fine Mesh","offer_id":55335263076643,"sku":"724851-3236","price":22.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/seachem-fish-net-440035.webp?v=1790230839"},{"product_id":"marinepure-gems-90g","title":"MarinePure GEMS 90g","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe GEMS box CerMedia actually rates a bioload figure for.\u003c\/strong\u003e MarinePure GEMS 90 g are small ceramic pellets made by CerMedia (USA) from the same aluminosilicate ceramic as the full-size MarinePure Spheres and Plates, fired above 1,000°C to create a rigid, open-pore structure. Each pellet is about 19 mm (¾\") across. Unlike the 50 g Fresh GEMS pack, this 90 g box is rated by CerMedia for both freshwater and marine nano and small tanks, and comes with a published bioload figure to size a filter against.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer-rated bioload\u003c\/strong\u003e — CerMedia states this box supports tanks up to roughly 70 US gallons (265 L), the only GEMS pack size with a published figure.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOver 135 m² (1,450 sq ft) of surface area\u003c\/strong\u003e — packed into a 90 g box, using the same ultra-porous ceramic as the full-size Spheres.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFresh and marine safe\u003c\/strong\u003e — unlike the 50 g Fresh GEMS pack, this size is rated for reef and marine nano tanks as well as freshwater.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eResists clogging\u003c\/strong\u003e — the ceramic structure holds its shape, so flow through the media stays consistent between cleans.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReusable\u003c\/strong\u003e — rinse in tank water at a water change rather than replacing on a schedule.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBrand\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarinePure (CerMedia, USA)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePack size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90 g (3.2 oz)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePellet size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApprox. 19 mm (¾\") diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInert aluminosilicate ceramic, fired above 1,000°C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOpen porosity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e80–90%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTotal surface area\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOver 135 m² (1,450 sq ft) per box\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRated bioload\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 70 US gallons (265 L)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFreshwater and marine\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFilter compatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCanister, hang-on-back and internal filters with a media basket\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich GEMS box do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePack\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSurface area\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCerMedia bioload guidance\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBest suited to\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFresh GEMS 50 g\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApprox. 65–85 m² (700–915 sq ft)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot published by CerMedia for this pack size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFreshwater community, planted and tropical tanks in small canisters or hang-on-back filters\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGEMS 90 g\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOver 135 m² (1,450 sq ft)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 70 US gallons (265 L)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFreshwater and marine nano and small tanks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003eIf you're stocking a marine nano or reef tank, or you simply want a bioload figure printed on the box rather than working it out yourself, the 90 g pack is the one CerMedia backs with a number.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e freshwater and marine nano and small tanks up to around 70 US gallons (265 L), run through a canister, hang-on-back or internal filter with a media basket that takes loose pellets.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e larger systems as the sole biological media — past roughly 70 gallons, MarinePure Spheres, PODs or a Plate carry more surface area per dollar and per litre of basket space. Not a mechanical or chemical media — it won't polish water or remove odours on its own.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare and maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eRinse GEMS in tank water or dechlorinated water at a water change — never under tap water straight from the mains, since chlorine and chloramine will knock back the bacterial colony. There's no fixed replacement interval; the ceramic doesn't wear out, so GEMS keep working until the filter basket is due for a clean.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMarinePure Mesh Bag (Small)\u003c\/strong\u003e — keeps loose GEMS contained and easy to lift out for a rinse.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eA marine or reef salt mix\u003c\/strong\u003e — if this box is going into a new marine nano setup rather than an existing tank.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAn ammonia and nitrite test kit\u003c\/strong\u003e — confirm the media is cycled before stocking up.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eMarinePure GEMS 90 g has no stated wear-out life from CerMedia — it's ceramic, not a consumable cartridge — and any manufacturing fault is covered by your rights under Australian Consumer Law in addition to any retailer or manufacturer terms. Standard parcel freight applies.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhat's the difference between the 50 g and 90 g GEMS boxes?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eBoth use the same ceramic pellets. The 90 g box has more surface area, carries a published bioload rating of up to 70 US gallons (265 L), and is the one CerMedia rates for marine and reef tanks as well as freshwater. The 50 g Fresh GEMS box is freshwater-only and doesn't come with a stated bioload figure.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I run GEMS in a reef tank?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes — this 90 g pack is fresh and marine safe and suits nano reef setups where a full MarinePure Sphere box would be more media than the sump or filter can hold.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDo I need to cycle a filter before adding livestock?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. GEMS need time for bacteria to colonise the ceramic before they're doing useful biological work. Run the filter on established tank water, or fishless-cycle with an ammonia source, before stocking up.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eHow long does a box of GEMS last?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eIndefinitely, with a periodic rinse. Ceramic biomedia isn't a wear item like filter floss — replace it only if it's physically damaged.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"MarinePure","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54773874065699,"sku":"102665","price":42.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/marinepure-gems-90g-505827.webp?v=1790230840"},{"product_id":"marinepure-block-8x8x4","title":"MarinePure Block 8x8x4\"","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe nitrate-busting brick.\u003c\/strong\u003e The MarinePure Block is a 20 × 20 × 10 cm (8\" × 8\" × 4\") slab of ultra-porous aluminosilicate ceramic biomedia made by CerMedia (USA). Its deep interior is specifically designed to develop the anaerobic zones where denitrifying bacteria live — so it removes ammonia, nitrite \u003cem\u003eand\u003c\/em\u003e nitrate, something ordinary bio-media can't manage. CerMedia rates it at up to 500 US gallons (around 1,900 L) for general ammonia and nitrite removal, dropping to 150 US gallons (around 570 L) where denitrification is the goal.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRemoves ammonia, nitrite and nitrate\u003c\/strong\u003e — the deep anaerobic core actively reduces nitrate in passive or low-flow placement, not just ammonia and nitrite like ordinary bio-media.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGreater than 80% open porosity\u003c\/strong\u003e — water can be poured straight through it; CerMedia describes the internal surface area as roughly 1,000 times that of standard plastic bio-media, though it doesn't publish an absolute square-footage figure.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThin Bio-Film Technology\u003c\/strong\u003e — CerMedia's open, interconnected pore structure keeps bacterial films thin, which resists clogging compared with denser media.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWorks as a live rock substitute\u003c\/strong\u003e in minimalist reef scapes, or as sump media in any freshwater or saltwater system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasily shaped\u003c\/strong\u003e with a hand saw or coarse sandpaper if you need to fit an odd-shaped sump (wear a dust mask, rinse before use).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInert\u003c\/strong\u003e — won't break down or alter water chemistry over time.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAluminosilicate ceramic, fired above 1,000°C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20 × 20 × 10 cm (8\" × 8\" × 4\")\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePorosity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGreater than 80% open, interconnected porosity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBioload — ammonia and nitrite removal\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 500 US gallons (approx. 1,900 L) per block\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBioload — denitrification (nitrate reduction)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 150 US gallons (approx. 570 L) per block\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFreshwater and marine\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCerMedia (USA), sold under the MarinePure brand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare and maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRinse before use to remove shipping dust — a tap-water rinse followed by a tank-water rinse is enough.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFor denitrification, place it somewhere passive: in the sump, under a gravel bed, or built into the reef structure. Flow through the block should be gentle, not forced.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRun mechanical filtration upstream so the block isn't doing double duty as a debris trap, and give it a rinse in tank water every few months if flow through it slows down.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e sumps and filter compartments in freshwater and marine systems wanting ammonia, nitrite and nitrate reduction from one piece of media, and reef scapes using it as a live rock substitute.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e high-flow placements where you specifically want denitrification — the anaerobic core needs passive, low-flow conditions to work.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSold with CerMedia's standard warranty against manufacturing defects, in addition to the consumer guarantees you're entitled to under Australian Consumer Law. Ships from Nick's Aquarium Oceanarium Terrarium in Brisbane \/ North Lakes, QLD.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eHow many blocks do I need?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eSize to your tank's total volume against the denitrification rating of 150 US gallons (570 L) per block if nitrate control is your goal, or the higher 500 US gallon (1,900 L) rating if you only need ammonia and nitrite capacity.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDoes it work in freshwater?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes — CerMedia rates the MarinePure Block for both freshwater and marine systems.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I cut it to fit my sump?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. It can be shaped with a hand saw or coarse sandpaper. Wear a dust mask while cutting and rinse the block before it goes in the tank.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWill it work in high flow?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt will still process ammonia and nitrite, but the anaerobic core that drives nitrate reduction needs passive, low-flow conditions — don't expect denitrification from a block sitting in fast-moving return flow.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"MarinePure","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54773874098467,"sku":"100895","price":169.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/marinepure-block-8x8x4-850467.webp?v=1790230840"},{"product_id":"marinepure-plate-8x8x1","title":"MarinePure Plate 8x8x1\"","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA slim, cuttable sheet of ceramic biomedia for tight spaces.\u003c\/strong\u003e The MarinePure Plate is a 20 × 20 × 2.5 cm (8\" × 8\" × 1\") sheet of ultra-porous ceramic biomedia made by CerMedia (USA), from the same inert aluminosilicate ceramic as MarinePure Spheres and PODs. Where a bag of loose Spheres needs a basket to sit in, the Plate is rigid enough to stand on its own or be cut down with a hacksaw to fit an odd-shaped sump baffle or filter compartment.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAround 534 m² (5,750 sq ft) of surface area\u003c\/strong\u003e — packed into a single 20 × 20 × 2.5 cm plate, using CerMedia's ultra-porous ceramic.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCuttable\u003c\/strong\u003e — the ceramic can be cut down with a hacksaw or angle grinder to fit a sump baffle, overflow compartment or an odd-shaped filter box.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eResists clogging\u003c\/strong\u003e — the rigid open-pore structure doesn't compact the way loose media can, so flow through it stays consistent between cleans.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReusable\u003c\/strong\u003e — rinse in tank water at a water change rather than replacing on a schedule.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNo bag required\u003c\/strong\u003e — rigid enough to sit directly in a sump compartment or media rack without a mesh bag.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBrand\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarinePure (CerMedia, USA)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20 × 20 × 2.5 cm (8\" × 8\" × 1\")\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInert aluminosilicate ceramic, fired above 1,000°C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOpen porosity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGreater than 80%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSurface area\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAround 534 m² (5,750 sq ft) per plate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial surface area rate\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApprox. 510 m² per litre (150,000 sq ft per cubic foot) of ceramic\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFreshwater and marine\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCuttable\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes — hacksaw or angle grinder\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat bioload does it support?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCerMedia's own dosing guidance for the MarinePure range is 1 gallon of Spheres, or one full 8×8×4\" Block, per 500 US gallons of aquarium water in active flow for ammonia and nitrite control (roughly 100 US gallons in passive flow, for nitrate reduction). The Plate is a quarter the volume of the Block, and retailer spec sheets that reproduce CerMedia's figures put a single Plate at standalone filtration for tanks up to around 100 US gallons (380 L) — useful as a rough guide, though we'd treat CerMedia's own Block and Sphere dosing rate above as the more authoritative number if you're sizing precisely.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e sump compartments, media racks, and canister or filter boxes with room for a rigid slab of media — freshwater or marine, including reef systems.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e tight hang-on-back baskets sized for loose pellets — use MarinePure GEMS or PODs there instead. Not a mechanical or chemical media — it won't polish water or remove odours on its own.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare and maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eRinse the Plate in tank water or dechlorinated water at a water change — never under tap water straight from the mains, since chlorine and chloramine will knock back the bacterial colony. There's no fixed replacement interval; the ceramic doesn't wear out, so a Plate keeps working until it's due for a clean.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eA sump baffle or media rack\u003c\/strong\u003e — the Plate is rigid enough to slot straight in without a bag.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAn ammonia and nitrite test kit\u003c\/strong\u003e — confirm the media is cycled before stocking up.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe MarinePure Plate has no stated wear-out life from CerMedia — it's ceramic, not a consumable cartridge — and any manufacturing fault is covered by your rights under Australian Consumer Law in addition to any retailer or manufacturer terms. Standard parcel freight applies.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I cut the Plate to a custom size?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes — it's rigid ceramic and can be cut with a hacksaw or angle grinder to fit a sump baffle or an odd-shaped compartment. Cutting it doesn't damage the remaining piece's biological performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDo I need a mesh bag for the Plate?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo — it's rigid enough to sit directly in a sump compartment or media rack. A bag is only needed for loose media like Spheres, GEMS or PODs.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eIs the Plate reef safe?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the ceramic is inert and safe for reef and marine systems as well as freshwater.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDo I need to cycle a filter before adding livestock?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Any new biomedia needs time for bacteria to colonise the ceramic before it's doing useful biological work. Run it on established tank water, or fishless-cycle with an ammonia source, before stocking up.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"MarinePure","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54773874131235,"sku":"100894","price":92.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/marinepure-plate-8x8x1-784931.webp?v=1790230840"},{"product_id":"marinepure-spheres","title":"MarinePure Spheres","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOne sphere replaces roughly 1,350 plastic bio-balls in the same space.\u003c\/strong\u003e MarinePure Spheres are 38 mm (1.5\") ultra-porous ceramic biomedia made by CerMedia in the USA. The open, interconnected pore structure gives bacteria a huge surface to colonise, so a modest volume of spheres does the biological filtration work of a much larger volume of plastic media — and the deep pores support the low-oxygen zones that also help bring nitrate down.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUltra-porous ceramic\u003c\/strong\u003e — fired above 1,000°C, inert, and never leaches into the water\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHandles ammonia and nitrite\u003c\/strong\u003e — the primary biological filtration job, at high flow\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHelps reduce nitrate\u003c\/strong\u003e — deep pores create low-oxygen zones plastic bio-balls can't replicate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFree-pours into any filter\u003c\/strong\u003e — canister filters, sumps, wet\/dry towers and trickle filters\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFreshwater and marine\u003c\/strong\u003e — the same media works in either\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNever needs replacing\u003c\/strong\u003e — inert ceramic doesn't wear out or break down biologically\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSize\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eApprox. media volume\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuitability\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.9 L Box\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100892\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 US quarts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFreshwater and marine\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.8 L Box\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100893\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 US gallon\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFreshwater and marine\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e18.9 L Bucket\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e102688\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 US gallons\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFreshwater and marine\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e56 L Half-Drum\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e102666\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e~15 US gallons\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFreshwater and marine\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 L Drum\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100896\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e~26 US gallons\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFreshwater and marine\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow much filtration does it provide?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCerMedia rates MarinePure media at roughly 1 part media to 500 parts tank water for ongoing ammonia and nitrite control, so the tank volume a pack supports scales directly with the pack size:\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePack\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMedia volume\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eApprox. tank volume supported\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.9 L Box\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.9 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e~950 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.8 L Box\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.8 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e~1,900 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e18.9 L Bucket\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e18.9 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e~9,450 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e56 L Half-Drum\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e56 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e~28,000 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 L Drum\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e~50,000 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003eThese are guide figures for a typically stocked tank, not a hard ceiling — a lightly stocked system will comfortably run on less, and a heavily stocked one benefits from sitting toward the next size up.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich size do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eMatch the pack to your system volume against the table above, then round up if your tank is heavily stocked or you're running the media as your only biological stage. Multiple smaller packs can be combined — the total media volume is what counts, not the number of boxes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSuitable for any freshwater or marine system using a canister filter, sump, wet\/dry tower or trickle filter. Not suitable as the sole filtration in systems that also need mechanical filtration — MarinePure handles the biological stage only, and pore-clogging debris should be caught upstream by a mechanical stage first.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare and maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRinse before first use — a tap-water rinse followed by a tank-water rinse clears shipping dust from the pores\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep mechanical filtration upstream so debris doesn't clog the pore structure\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRinse gently in removed tank water roughly every three months, or when flow through the media noticeably slows\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNever rinse in tap water once established — chlorine and chloramine will kill the bacterial colony\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eA MarinePure Vault keeps loose spheres contained and easy to lift out for cleaning, rather than loose in the sump. A mesh media bag sized to the pack does the same job in a canister filter basket.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eMarinePure ceramic media carries no manufacturer warranty as such — it's an inert, non-mechanical product with nothing to fail — and is covered by the consumer guarantees available under Australian Consumer Law regardless. Standard freight applies to the box and bucket sizes; the 56 L half-drum and 100 L drum are bulky items and may attract an oversize freight surcharge at checkout.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I mix MarinePure Spheres with my existing bio-balls or ceramic rings?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. MarinePure can be added alongside existing biomedia — there's no compatibility issue — though replacing the older media over time makes better use of your filter's volume.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDo I need to cycle the tank again after adding MarinePure?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, provided you're adding it to an already-cycled system. The spheres will pick up bacterial colonisation from the existing water within days rather than starting from zero.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWill MarinePure lower my nitrate on its own?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt helps. The low-oxygen zones deep inside each sphere support denitrifying bacteria, but nitrate control also depends on stocking, feeding and water changes — MarinePure is one part of the picture, not a standalone fix.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I use MarinePure in a sump without a container?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, it can be poured loose into a sump baffle chamber, but a MarinePure Vault or a mesh bag makes it far easier to remove for its occasional rinse.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eIs MarinePure reef safe?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. It's an inert fired ceramic with nothing to leach, and is used in both freshwater and marine systems including reef tanks.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"MarinePure","offers":[{"title":"1.9L Box","offer_id":54773874295075,"sku":"100892","price":95.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"3.8L Box","offer_id":55335328121123,"sku":"100893","price":173.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"18.9L Bucket","offer_id":55335328153891,"sku":"102688","price":593.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"56L Half-Drum","offer_id":55335328186659,"sku":"102666","price":1723.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"100L Drum","offer_id":55335328219427,"sku":"100896","price":2800.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/marinepure-spheres-43160124457251.webp?v=1790237816"},{"product_id":"marinepure-pods","title":"MarinePure PODs","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOne POD replaces thousands of plastic bio-balls for the same job.\u003c\/strong\u003e MarinePure PODs are ultra-porous ceramic biomedia spheres about 8 cm (3.1\") across, made by CerMedia (USA) from the same inert aluminosilicate ceramic as MarinePure Spheres and the Plate. CerMedia states a single POD carries the equivalent surface area of over 5,000 plastic bio-balls, and sells them in a 3-pack sized for a canister filter or small sump, or a 24-pack sized for a full sump or large canister setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEquivalent to 5,000+ bio-balls per POD\u003c\/strong\u003e — CerMedia's own comparison figure for the surface area a single POD carries.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePublished bioload ratings\u003c\/strong\u003e — CerMedia rates the 3-pack to 100 US gallons and the 24-pack to 750 US gallons.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eResists clogging\u003c\/strong\u003e — the rigid ceramic structure holds its shape, so flow through the media stays consistent between cleans.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReusable\u003c\/strong\u003e — rinse in tank water at a water change rather than replacing on a schedule.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSits loose or bagged\u003c\/strong\u003e — large enough to sit directly in a sump compartment, or contained in a MarinePure Mesh Bag for easy handling.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBrand\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarinePure (CerMedia, USA)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePod diameter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApprox. 8 cm (3.1\")\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInert aluminosilicate ceramic, fired above 1,000°C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOpen porosity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e80–90%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSurface area\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEquivalent to over 5,000 plastic bio-balls, per POD (CerMedia comparison figure)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFreshwater and marine\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich pack size do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePack\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCerMedia bioload rating\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBest suited to\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3-pack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 100 US gallons (380 L)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA canister filter or small sump\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24-pack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 750 US gallons (2,839 L)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA full sump or large display system\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003eBoth packs use the same POD, so there's no difference in performance per piece — only in how much total surface area you're buying. Split the difference by buying more 3-packs if 100-gallon increments suit your sump better than committing to a full 24-pack.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e sump compartments, canister filters and media racks in freshwater or marine systems, including reef tanks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e tight hang-on-back baskets built for loose pellets — MarinePure GEMS suits those spaces better than a full-size POD. Not a mechanical or chemical media — it won't polish water or remove odours on its own.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare and maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eRinse PODs in tank water or dechlorinated water at a water change — never under tap water straight from the mains, since chlorine and chloramine will knock back the bacterial colony. There's no fixed replacement interval; the ceramic doesn't wear out, so PODs keep working until they're due for a clean.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMarinePure Mesh Bag (Medium)\u003c\/strong\u003e — contains a 3-pack for easy lift-out and rinsing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAn ammonia and nitrite test kit\u003c\/strong\u003e — confirm the media is cycled before stocking up.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eMarinePure PODs have no stated wear-out life from CerMedia — they're ceramic, not a consumable cartridge — and any manufacturing fault is covered by your rights under Australian Consumer Law in addition to any retailer or manufacturer terms. Standard parcel freight applies; the 24-pack is heavier and may attract a higher freight quote at checkout, though it ships as standard parcel post.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDo I need a mesh bag for PODs?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNot necessarily — PODs are large enough to sit loose in a sump compartment or media rack. A Mesh Bag makes them easier to lift out for a rinse, but isn't required for them to work.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I mix POD pack sizes to reach a specific bioload target?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes — CerMedia's bioload ratings scale with the number of PODs, so combining a 3-pack and a 24-pack, or buying multiple 3-packs, is a valid way to size up gradually.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eAre PODs reef safe?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the ceramic is inert and safe for reef and marine systems as well as freshwater.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDo I need to cycle a filter before adding livestock?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Any new biomedia needs time for bacteria to colonise the ceramic before it's doing useful biological work. Run it on established tank water, or fishless-cycle with an ammonia source, before stocking up.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"MarinePure","offers":[{"title":"3pk","offer_id":54773874393379,"sku":"124739","price":48.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"24pk","offer_id":55335328088355,"sku":"124740","price":238.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/marinepure-pods-43160125931811.webp?v=1790237816"},{"product_id":"marinepure-vault","title":"MarinePure Vault","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKeeps loose biomedia contained, protected and easy to lift out for cleaning.\u003c\/strong\u003e The MarinePure Vault is a rigid, stackable container from CerMedia (USA) sized to hold a full load of MarinePure media in a sump — protecting the relatively brittle ceramic from knocks, keeping the sump tidy, and turning a media rinse into a one-hand job instead of scooping loose spheres out by hand.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRigid, ventilated container\u003c\/strong\u003e — holds media secure while water flows freely through it\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOne-hand removal\u003c\/strong\u003e — lift the whole load out for its rinse instead of fishing for loose media\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStackable\u003c\/strong\u003e — combine multiple Vaults for larger systems or staged filtration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDoubles as a skimmer riser\u003c\/strong\u003e — raises a protein skimmer to the working height a sump needs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProtects brittle ceramic media\u003c\/strong\u003e — shields Blocks and Spheres from knocks against sump walls and baffles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFreshwater and marine safe\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpec\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e124722\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInternal dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 20 × 20 × 10 cm (8\" × 8\" × 4\")\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExternal dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 23 × 23 × 13 cm (9\" × 9\" × 5¼\")\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitability\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFreshwater and marine\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat it holds\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMedia\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCapacity per Vault\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarinePure Block\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 Block (8\" × 8\" × 4\")\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarinePure Spheres\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 3.8 L (1 US gallon)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarinePure PODs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10–12 PODs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarinePure GEMS\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eover 900 GEMS\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003eLoaded with a 3.8 L (1 US gallon) fill of Spheres, one Vault supports roughly the same 1,900 L of tank water that a loose 3.8 L pack of Spheres supports, on CerMedia's stated ratio of 1 part media to 500 parts tank water. The Vault changes nothing about the media's filtration capacity — only how it's contained.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich one do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eOne Vault suits a single 8\"×8\"×4\" footprint of media. For a larger sump, stack two or more rather than looking for a bigger single unit — CerMedia doesn't make one, and stacking keeps each layer easy to lift and rinse individually.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSuitable for any sump running MarinePure Blocks, Spheres, PODs or GEMS, in freshwater or marine systems. Not a substitute for the biomedia itself — the Vault is sold empty and holds media you already own or buy separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare and maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eLift the Vault out as a single unit for the media's routine rinse. The rigid frame needs no maintenance of its own.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eMarinePure Spheres or Blocks to fill it, and a mesh media bag if you'd rather line the Vault before filling.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCovered by the consumer guarantees available under Australian Consumer Law. Standard freight applies.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDoes the Vault come with media inside?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, it's sold empty. Add MarinePure Blocks, Spheres, PODs or GEMS separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I stack Vaults on top of each other?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, they're designed to stack, which is the usual way to scale up media volume in a larger sump.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan the Vault double as a skimmer stand?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Its rigid, flat-topped design is commonly used to raise a protein skimmer to the height a sump chamber needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWill water flow through the Vault properly, or does it channel around the sides?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Vault is ventilated to let water pass through the media it holds rather than around it — that's the point of the design over loose media sitting in a sump chamber.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"MarinePure","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54773874458915,"sku":"124722","price":147.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/marinepure-vault-866275.webp?v=1790230840"},{"product_id":"insectivore-tropical-flake-food","title":"Insectivore Tropical Flake Food","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA staple flake tropical fish are wired to go for.\u003c\/strong\u003e Insectivore Tropical Flake Food is built around insect-based protein — mealworm meal and black soldier fly larvae meal lead the ingredient list — closer to the diet most tropical species evolved eating than a fishmeal-only flake.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInsect-led protein\u003c\/strong\u003e — mealworm meal and black soldier fly larvae meal ahead of brewer's yeast and wheat gluten.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e46.2% crude protein\u003c\/strong\u003e — a high figure for a daily staple flake.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAstaxanthin, spirulina and paprika\u003c\/strong\u003e included to support natural colour.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eL-carnitine, betaine and beta-glucans\u003c\/strong\u003e included to support digestion and condition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFour pack sizes — 20 g, 50 g, 100 g and 200 g — with the 20 g suited to trying the food before committing to a larger pack.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePack size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eForm\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20 g\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eINS01\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFlake\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 g\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eINS02\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFlake\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 g\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eINS03\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFlake\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200 g\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eINS07\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFlake\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eMealworm meal, black soldier fly larvae meal, brewer's yeast, wheat gluten, wheat flour, soya flour, fish hydrolysate, herring meal, shrimp protein hydrolysed, garlic, potato starch, shrimp meal, mealworm oil, salmon oil, carob, paprika, alfalfa, spirulina, turmeric, carrot, crab eggs. Added: vitamins A, D3, C, E; L-lysine; DL-methionine; betaine; beta-glucans; omega-3, omega-6, omega-9; iron; iodine; copper; manganese; zinc; astaxanthin; L-carnitine. No preservatives are named on the manufacturer's ingredient declaration. Contains fish- and shellfish-derived ingredients (herring meal, shrimp protein, shrimp meal, crab eggs).\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eGuaranteed analysis\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCrude protein\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCrude fat\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCrude fibre\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMoisture\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAsh\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e46.2%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8.23%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.5%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSuits tetras, guppies, rasboras, barbs, gouramis and other tropical community fish. Not sized for large carnivores — for cichlids, oscars and similar predators, the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/insectivore-large-tropical-carnivore-pellets-soft\"\u003eInsectivore Large Tropical Carnivore Pellets\u003c\/a\u003e are the better match.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFeeding directions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eFeed once or twice a day, offering only what fish clear in 2–3 minutes. Remove uneaten flake rather than letting it settle and break down, which is the main way flake-fed tanks cloud up.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eStorage\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eStore in a cool, dry place and reseal the pack after each feed — flake absorbs moisture quickly once opened.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003ePairs with \u003ca href=\"\/products\/insectivore-mini-tropical-granules-45gm\"\u003eInsectivore Mini Tropical Granules\u003c\/a\u003e if the tank also holds fry or very small fish, and with \u003ca href=\"\/products\/api-stress-coat-473ml-with-pump-dispenser\"\u003eAPI Stress Coat\u003c\/a\u003e at water-change time.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhat's the difference between the 20 g and larger packs?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eSame formula throughout — the 20 g pack is a trial size for a new tank or to test whether fish take to it before buying a larger pack.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWill this flake suit a mixed community tank?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, it's formulated as a general tropical community staple rather than for one species.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDoes flake lose nutritional value once the pack is opened?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eFlake is more exposed to air and moisture than pellets, so it's worth using an opened pack within a few months and keeping it sealed and dry between feeds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I feed this to goldfish?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt's formulated for tropical fish rather than coldwater goldfish — \u003ca href=\"\/products\/insectivore-goldfish-pellets\"\u003eInsectivore Goldfish Pellets\u003c\/a\u003e is the matching product for a goldfish tank.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Insectivore","offers":[{"title":"20gm","offer_id":54774144303395,"sku":"INS01","price":7.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"50gm","offer_id":55335341719843,"sku":"INS02","price":13.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"100gm","offer_id":55335341752611,"sku":"INS03","price":23.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"200gm","offer_id":55335341785379,"sku":"INS07","price":39.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/insectivore-tropical-flake-f-10135193616675-1-dq.webp?v=1790372841"}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/collections\/auv00320-advantage-8w-uv-barb_73ec00b0-a366-408b-b0b7-b813f89c4289.jpg?v=1788252763","url":"https:\/\/nicksaquariumoceanariumterrarium.com.au\/collections\/marine-supplies.oembed","provider":"Nicks AOT","version":"1.0","type":"link"}